424(b)(3)
333-155348
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Individual Flexible Payment Variable Annuity Contract
Issued by MONY Life Insurance Company of America with variable investment
options under MONY America's MONY America Variable Account A.
PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2009
Please read and keep this prospectus for future reference. It contains
important information that you should know before purchasing, or taking any
other action under your Contract. Also, you should read the prospectuses for
each Trust, which contain important information about their portfolios.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONY Life Insurance Company of America (the "Company") issues the flexible
payment variable annuity contract described in this prospectus.
This Contract is no longer being sold. This prospectus is used with current
contract owners only. We will continue to accept Purchase Payments under
existing Contracts. You should note that your Contract features and charges,
and your investment options, may vary depending on your state and/or the date
on which you purchased your Contract. For more information about the particular
features, charges and options applicable to you, please contact your financial
professional and/or refer to your Contract.
You can tell us what to do with your Purchase Payments. You can also tell us
what to do with the fund value your Contract may create for you resulting from
those Purchase Payments.
You may allocate some or all of your Purchase Payments into the subaccounts.
Each subaccount is a subaccount of separate account MONY America Variable
Account A. Both the value of your Contract before the date annuity payments
begin and the amount of income afterward will depend on the investment
performance of the portfolios you select. You bear the investment risk of
investing in the portfolios. The subaccounts invest in shares of the following
portfolios of AIM Variable Insurance Funds, AXA Premier VIP Trust, EQ Advisors
Trust, Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Janus Aspen
Series, MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust(SM), Oppenheimer Variable Account
Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, ProFunds VP and The Universal
Institutional Funds, Inc. (the "Funds").
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subaccounts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o AIM V.I. Financial Services o EQ/GAMCO Small Company Value
o AIM V.I. Global Health Care o EQ/Global Multi-Sector Equity
o AIM V.I. Technology o EQ/Government Securities
o All Asset Allocation o EQ/Large Cap Value PLUS
o AXA Aggressive Allocation(1) o EQ/Long Term Bond
o AXA Conservative Allocation(1) o EQ/Lord Abbett Growth and Income
o AXA Conservative-Plus Allocation(1) o EQ/Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value
o AXA Moderate Allocation(1) o EQ/Mid Cap Index
o AXA Moderate-Plus Allocation(1) o EQ/Money Market
o EQ/AllianceBernstein Small Cap o EQ/Montag & Caldwell Growth
Growth o EQ/PIMCO Ultra Short Bond(2)
o EQ/BlackRock Basic Value Equity o EQ/Short Duration Bond
o EQ/Boston Advisors Equity Income o EQ/Small Company Index
o EQ/Calvert Socially Responsible o EQ/UBS Growth and Income
o EQ/Capital Guardian Research o EQ/Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth
o EQ/Core Bond Index o EQ/Van Kampen Real Estate
o EQ/GAMCO Mergers and Acquisitions o Franklin Income Securities
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subaccounts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Franklin Rising Dividends Securities o PIMCO Global Bond (Unhedged)
o Franklin Zero Coupon 2010 o PIMCO StocksPLUS Growth and
o Janus Aspen Forty Income(4)
o Janus Aspen Overseas Portfolio(3) o ProFund VP Bear
o MFS(R) Utilities Series o ProFund VP Rising Rates Opportunity
o Multimanager Multi-Sector Bond o ProFund VP UltraBull
o Multimanager Small Cap Growth o The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.
o Oppenheimer Global Securities Global Value Equity
Fund/VA
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Not all of these portfolios may be available in all states or all markets.
(1) The "AXA Allocation" portfolios.
(2) This is the subaccount's new name effective May 1, 2009, subject to
regulatory approval. Its former name is EQ/PIMCO Real Return.
(3) This is the subaccount's new name effective May 1, 2009. Its former name is
Janus Aspen International Growth.
(4) Effective on or about July 17, 2009, this portfolio will be liquidated.
Please see the attached Supplement for more information about this
liquidation.
You may also allocate some or all of your Purchase Payments and fund values
into our Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment, which is
discussed later in this Prospectus.
Among the many terms of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment are:
o Guaranteed interest to be credited for specific periods (referred to as
"Accumulation Periods").
o Three (3), five (5), seven (7), and ten (10) year Accumulation Periods are
available. The one (1) year Accumulation Period is limited to the following
states: Maryland, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma,
Oregon, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Texas and
Washington.
o Interest will be credited for the entire Accumulation Period on a daily
basis. Different rates apply to each Accumulation Period and are determined
by the Company from time to time at its sole discretion.
o A market value adjustment may be charged if part or all of the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment is surrendered or transferred
before the end of the Accumulation Period.
The SEC has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this
prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense. The contracts are not insured by the FDIC or any other
agency. They are not deposits or other obligations of any bank and are not bank
guaranteed. They are subject to investment risks and possible loss of
principal.
MLA-VA/X02482
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
o Potential purchasers should carefully consider the factors described in
"Risk Factors" (pages 2-3) as well as the other information contained in
this prospectus before allocating Purchase Payments or Fund Values to the
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment offered herein.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
These are only some of the terms of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment. Please read this prospectus carefully for more complete
details of the contract.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A Statement of Additional Information dated May 1, 2009 containing additional
information about the contract is incorporated herein by reference. It has been
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is available from the
Company without charge upon written request. You may request one by writing to
our processing office located at MONY Life Insurance Company of America,
Policyholder Services, 100 Madison Street, Syracuse, New York 13202, by
telephoning 1-800-487-6669 or by accessing the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.
The Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information can be found
on the last page of this prospectus.
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Table of contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Definitions 1
Purpose of the Contract 1
Purchase Payments and fund value 1
Minimum Purchase Payments 1
MONY America Variable Account A 1
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment 1
The Accumulation Periods 2
Crediting of interest 2
The Market Value Adjustment 2
Benefit option packages 3
Transfer of fund value 5
Loans 5
Surrenders 5
Charges and deductions 5
Right to return contract provision 5
Death benefit 5
Fee tables 6
Example 7
Other contracts 8
Condensed financial information 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. WHO IS MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
OF AMERICA? 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONY Life Insurance Company of America 9
How to reach us 9
MONY America Variable Account A 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. THE FUNDS 11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Purchase of portfolio shares by MONY America Variable
Account A 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT 16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payment and allocation of Purchase Payments 16
Telephone/fax/web transactions 20
Disruptive transfer activity 20
Termination of the Contract 21
Table of contents i
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. DESCRIPTION OF THE GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT
WITH MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT 22
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General 22
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment 22
Allocations to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment 22
Specified interest rates and the accumulation periods 22
Surrenders, transfers or loans 24
The Market Value Adjustment 24
Investments 25
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. SURRENDERS 26
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. LOANS 27
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. DEATH BENEFIT 28
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Death benefit provided by the Contract 28
Earnings increase death benefit 29
Election and effective date of election 30
Payment of death benefit proceeds 30
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS 31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deductions from Purchase Payments 32
Charges against Fund Value 32
Deductions from Fund Value 32
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. ANNUITY PROVISIONS 35
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuity payments 35
Guaranteed minimum annuity payments 35
Election and change of settlement option 35
Settlement options 36
Frequency of annuity payments 36
Additional provisions 36
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. OTHER PROVISIONS 38
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ownership 38
Provision required by Section 72(s) of the Code 38
Provision required by Section 401(a)(9) of the Code 38
Secondary annuitant 39
Assignment 39
Change of beneficiary 39
Substitution of securities 39
Changes to Contracts 39
Change in operation of MONY America Variable Account A 39
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. VOTING RIGHTS 41
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS 42
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. FEDERAL TAX STATUS 44
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Introduction 44
Taxation of annuities in general 44
Retirement plans 45
Tax treatment of the Company 45
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND INCORPORATION OF
CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE 46
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 47
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 48
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A -- Benefit option packages, table of fees, examples and charges and
deductions for contracts issued in the State of Washington A-1
B -- Condensed financial information B-1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ii Table of contents
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
1. Summary of the Contract
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This summary provides you with a brief overview of the more important aspects
of your Contract, including the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment. It is not intended to be complete. More detailed information is
contained in this prospectus on the pages following this summary and in your
Contract. This summary and the entire prospectus will describe the part of the
Contract involving MONY America Variable Account A. The prospectus also briefly
will describe the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment and
the portfolios offered by AIM Variable Insurance Funds, AXA Premier VIP Trust,
EQ Advisors Trust, Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Janus
Aspen Series, MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust(SM), Oppenheimer Variable Account
Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, ProFunds VP and The Universal
Institutional Funds, Inc. See applicable fund prospectuses for more detailed
information about the portfolios offered by the Funds.
DEFINITIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Specialized terms will be defined on the page where they first appear enclosed
in a box.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PURPOSE OF THE CONTRACT
The Contract is an Individual Flexible Payment Variable Annuity Contract (the
"Contract" or "Contracts"). The Contract is no longer being sold. We will
continue to accept Purchase Payments under existing Contracts.
The Contract is designed to allow an owner to make Purchase Payments to the
Company under the Contract. Those Purchase Payments are allocated at the
owner's choice among the subaccounts of MONY America Variable Account A and the
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment. Those Purchase
Payments can accumulate for a period of time and create fund value for the
owner. The owner can choose the length of time that such Purchase Payments may
accumulate. The owner may choose at some point in the future to receive annuity
benefits based upon that accumulated fund value.
An owner uses the Contract's design to accumulate fund value for various
purposes including retirement or to supplement other retirement programs. Some
of these retirement programs (the "Qualified Plans") may qualify for federal
income tax advantages available under certain sections of the Internal Revenue
Code (the "Code"). Sections 401,403 (other than Section 403(b)), 408, 408A and
457, for example.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QUALIFIED PLANS -- Retirement plans that may receive favorable tax treatment
under certain Sections of the Code.
QUALIFIED CONTRACTS -- Contracts issued under Qualified Plans.
NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS -- Contracts not issued under Qualified Plans.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Contract is also designed to allow the owner to request payments of part or
all of the accumulated fund values before the owner begins to receive annuity
benefits. This payment may result in the imposition of a surrender charge and a
market value adjustment. The market value adjustment will not apply to
Contracts issued in certain states. These payments also may be subject to a
contract charge and/or income or other taxes.
PURCHASE PAYMENTS AND FUND VALUE
You may allocate your Purchase Payments to one or more of the subaccounts of
MONY America Variable Account A that are available under the Contract and/or to
the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment. The Purchase
Payments you allocate among the various subaccounts of MONY America Variable
Account A may increase or decrease in value on any day depending on the
investment experience of the subaccounts you select. There is no guarantee that
the value of the Purchase Payments you allocate to any of the subaccounts of
MONY America Variable Account A will increase or that the Purchase Payments you
make will not lose value.
MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS
The minimum Purchase Payment for individuals varies depending upon the
purchaser of the Contract, the method of paying the Purchase Payments and the
benefit option package selected. (See "Payment and allocation of Purchase
Payments.")
Additional Purchase Payments may be made at any time.
MONY AMERICA VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
MONY America Variable Account A is a separate investment account of MONY Life
Insurance Company of America (the "Company"). MONY America Variable Account A's
assets are owned by the Company, but are not chargeable with liabilities
arising from any other business the Company conducts.
The subaccounts of MONY America Variable Account A invest in shares of the
Funds at their net asset value. (See "The Funds"). Owners bear the entire
investment risk for all amounts allocated to MONY America Variable Account A
subaccounts.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUND -- Any open-end management investment company or unit investment trust in
which a subaccount invests.
OWNER -- The person so designated in the application to whom all rights,
benefits, options and privileges apply while the Annuitant is living. If a
Contract has been absolutely assigned, the assignee becomes the Owner.
PURCHASE PAYMENT -- An amount paid to the Company by the Owner or on the
Owner's behalf as consideration for the benefits provided by the Contract.
NET PURCHASE PAYMENT -- Purchase Payment less any applicable tax charge.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT WITH MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
The Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment is part of the
Company's general account ("General Account"). It consists
Summary of the Contract 1
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
of all the Company's assets other than assets allocated to separate investment
accounts of the Company. Net Purchase Payments allocated to the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment will be credited with interest at
rates guaranteed by the Company for specified periods. (See "Description of the
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment".)
The Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment is designed to
provide you with an opportunity to receive a guaranteed fixed rate of interest.
You can choose the period of time over which the guaranteed fixed rate of
interest will be paid. That period of time is known as the Accumulation Period.
The Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment is also designed
to provide you with the opportunity to transfer part or all of the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment to the Subaccounts available to
you under the Contract. It is also designed to provide you with the opportunity
to surrender part or all of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment before the end of the Accumulation Period. If you ask us to transfer
or surrender part or all of the Guaranteed Interest Account, we may apply a
market value adjustment ("MVA"). This adjustment may be positive, negative, or
zero.
You may allocate all or part of your Purchase Payments to the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment.
THE ACCUMULATION PERIODS
There are 4 different Accumulation Periods currently available: a 3-year
Accumulation Period, a 5-year Accumulation Period, a 7-year Accumulation
Period, and a 10-year Accumulation Period. Certain states limit contracts to a
1-year Accumulation Period. You may allocate initial or additional Purchase
Payments made under the Contract to one or more Accumulation Periods. You may
also ask us to transfer Fund Values from the Subaccounts available under the
Contract to one or more of the Accumulation Periods subject to any applicable
MVA. There is no minimum amount required for allocation or transfer to an
Accumulation Period. (See "Allocations to the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment.")
Each Accumulation Period starts on the Business Day that falls on, or next
follows, the date on which allocations are made and Purchase Payments are
received or Fund Values are transferred. Each Accumulation Period ends on the
Monthly Contract Anniversary immediately prior to the 3, 5, 7 or 10 year
anniversary of the start of the Accumulation Period (the "Maturity Date"). This
means that the Accumulation Period for a 3, 5, 7 or 10 year Accumulation Period
may be up to 31 days shorter than 3, 5, 7 or 10 years, respectively. (See
"Specified interest rates and the accumulation periods.")
CREDITING OF INTEREST
The Company will credit amounts allocated to an Accumulation Period with
interest at an annual rate not less than 3.50%. This interest rate is referred
to as the Specified Interest Rate. It will be credited for the duration of the
Accumulation Period. Specified Interest Rates for each Accumulation Period are
declared periodically at the sole discretion of the Company. (See "Specified
interest rates and the accumulation periods.")
At least 15 days and at most 45 days prior to the Maturity Date of an
Accumulation Period, Owners having Fund Values allocated to such Accumulation
Periods will be notified of the impending Maturity Date. Owners will then have
the option of directing the surrender or transfer (including transfers for the
purpose of obtaining a Loan) of the Fund Value within 30 days before the end of
the Accumulation Period without application of any MVA.
The Specified Interest Rate will be credited to amounts allocated to an
Accumulation Period, so long as such allocations are neither surrendered nor
transferred prior to the Maturity Date for the Allocation Period. The Specified
Interest Rate is credited daily, providing an annual effective yield. (See
"Specified interest rates and the accumulation periods.")
THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
Amounts that are surrendered or transferred (including transfers for the
purpose of obtaining a Loan) from an Accumulation Period more than 30 days
before the Maturity Date will be subject to an MVA. An MVA will not apply upon
payment of a death benefit upon the death of the annuitant. The MVA is
determined through the use of a factor, which is known as the MVA Factor. This
factor is discussed in detail in the section entitled "The Market Value
Adjustment." The MVA could cause an increase or decrease or no change at all in
the amount of the distribution from an Accumulation Period.
A market value adjustment will not be imposed on contracts issued in Maryland,
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon, the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Texas and Washington; however,
restrictions on transfers apply in these States. The adjustment can be either a
positive or negative adjustment. No adjustment is made for the amount withdrawn
or transferred within 30 days before the end of the accumulation period.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUND VALUE -- The aggregate dollar value as of any Business Day of all amounts
accumulated under each of the subaccounts, the Guaranteed Interest Account, and
the loan account of the Contract. If the term Fund Value is preceded or
followed by the terms subaccount(s), the Guaranteed Interest Account, and the
loan account, or any one or more of those terms, Fund Value means only the Fund
Value of the subaccount, the Guaranteed Interest Account or the loan account,
as the context requires.
BUSINESS DAY -- Our "business day" is generally any day the New York Stock
Exchange is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern
Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). A business day does not
include a day on which we are not open due to emergency conditions determined
by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may also close early due to such
emergency conditions.
MONTHLY CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY -- The date of each month corresponding to the
Effective Date of the Contract. For example, for a Contract with a June 15
Effective Date, the Monthly Contract Anniversary is the 15th of each month. If
a Contract's Effective Date falls on the 29th, 30th or 31st day of a month, the
Monthly Contract Anniversary will be the earlier of that day or the last day of
the particular month in question.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 Summary of the Contract
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
BENEFIT OPTION PACKAGES
There are two benefit option packages under Contracts issued in the state of
Washington--see Appendix A for a table summarizing the benefit option packages.
Each benefit option package is distinct. You select a benefit option package at
the time of application. Once a selection is made, you may not transfer from
one benefit option package to another.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 Option 2 Option 3***
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortality and expense risk Current annual rate--1.20% Current annual rate--1.70% Current annual rate--2.35%
charge Maximum annual rate--1.40% Maximum annual rate--1.95% Maximum annual rate--2.80%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Death benefit on death of The greater of: The greatest of: The greatest of:
annuitant (1) The Fund Value less any (1) The Fund Value less any (1) The Fund Value less any
outstanding debt on the date outstanding debt on the date outstanding debt on the date
due proof of the Annuitant's due proof of the Annuitant's due proof of the Annuitant's
death is received by the death is received by the death is received by the
Company Company Company
or or or
(2) The Purchase Payments paid, (2) The Purchase Payments paid, (2) The Purchase Payments paid,
reduced proportionately by each reduced proportionately by each reduced proportionately by each
partial surrender (reflecting partial surrender (reflecting partial surrender (reflecting
any market value adjustment and any market value adjustment and any market value adjustment and
any surrender charge) and less any surrender charge) and less any surrender charge) and less
any outstanding debt.* any outstanding debt.* any outstanding debt.*
or or
(3) Step Up Value (See "Death (3) Step Up Value (See "Death
benefit"). Benefit") or (4) Roll Up Value
(See "Death benefit").
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings increase amount Not Available The amount of the Earnings The amount of the Earnings
added to death benefit Increase depends upon the age Increase depends upon the age
of the Annuitant on the of the Annuitant on the
Contract's Effective Date. Contract's Effective Date.
If the Annuitant was age 69 or If the Annuitant was age 69 or
younger on the Contract's younger on the Contract's
Effective Date, the Earnings Effective Date, the Earnings
Increase Amount is equal to 40% Increase Amount is equal to 40%
of the lesser of: of the lesser of:
(1) Net Purchase Payments; (1) Net Purchase Payments;
or or
(2) Fund Value minus Purchase (2) Fund Value minus Purchase
Payments.** Payments.**
If the Annuitant was age 70 or If the Annuitant was age 70 or
older on the Contract's older on the Contract's
Effective Date, the Earnings Effective Date, the Earnings
Increase Amount is equal to 25% Increase Amount is equal to 25%
of the lesser of: of the lesser of:
(1) Net Purchase Payments; (1) Net Purchase Payments;
or or
(2) Fund Value minus Purchase (2) Fund Value minus Purchase
Payments.** Payments.**
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed minimum Not Available Not Available If certain conditions are met,
annuity payments the Guaranteed Annuitization
Value may be used to provide
guaranteed minimum annuity
payments that are greater than
annuity payments that would be
provided by the Contract's Fund
Value or Cash Value, as
applicable.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of the Contract 3
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 Option 2 Option 3***
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum initial Purchase Qualified Contracts--The Qualified Contracts--The Qualified Contracts--the
Payment minimum Purchase Payment for minimum Purchase Payment for minimum Purchase Payment for
Qualified Plans is the same for Qualified Plans is the same for Qualified Plans is the same for
all three options. (See all three options. (See all three options. (See
"Detailed information about the "Detailed information about the "Detailed information about the
contract.") contract.") contract.")
Non-Qualified Contracts--$5,000 Non-Qualified Contracts--$10,000 Non-Qualified Contracts--$10,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant Issue age Qualified Contracts--0-85 Qualified Contracts--0-79 Qualified Contracts--0-79
Non-Qualified Contracts--0-85 Non-Qualified Contracts--0-79 Non-Qualified Contracts--0-79
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual contract charge Current charge is $30. Current charge is $0. The Current charge is $0.
The annual contract charge may annual contract charge may be The annual contract charge may
be increased to a maximum of increased to a maximum of $50 be increased to a maximum of
$50 ($30 in certain states) on ($30 in certain states) on 30 $50 ($30 in certain states) on
30 days written notice. days written notice. 30 days written notice.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* In the calculations of the death benefit, for each partial surrender, the
proportionate reduction is equal to the amount of that partial surrender
and any surrender charge and any market value adjustment divided by the
Fund Value immediately before that partial surrender, multiplied by the
Purchase Payments paid before that partial surrender. Depending on your
state, for Contracts purchased prior to July 22, 2003, the death benefit is
the greater of: (1) The Fund Value less any outstanding debt on the date
due proof of the Annuitant's death is received by the Company, or (2) The
Purchase Payments paid, less any partial surrenders and their surrender
charges minus any outstanding debt, and plus or minus any Market Value
Adjustment.
** The payments and values described in (1) and (2) do not include Purchase
Payments made during the 12-month period immediately prior to the date due
proof of death is received by the Company and reflect any partial
surrenders made including any applicable market value adjustment and
surrender charge, and less any outstanding debt.
*** As of November 29, 2004, Option 3 is no longer available for new business.
4 Summary of the Contract
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
TRANSFER OF FUND VALUE
You may transfer fund value among the subaccounts and to or from the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment. Transfers from the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment may be subject to a market value
adjustment for Contracts issued in certain states. Transfers may be made by
telephone, facsimile or via the web if the proper form or the
telephone/facsimile/web authorization on a Contract application has been
completed, signed, and received by the Company at its Operations Center.
Transfers by telephone, facsimile or via the web are subject to the Company's
rules and conditions for such privilege. (See "Transfers.")
LOANS
If your Contract permits, you may borrow up to 50% of your Contract's Fund
Value from the Company. Your Contract will be the only security required for
the loan. Contracts issued to 401(k) plans are generally the only Contracts
which permit loans. An amount equal to the amount of the loan is transferred to
the loan account as security for the loan. The loan account is part of the
Company's General Account.
We will charge you interest on the amount borrowed. If you do not pay the
interest when due, the amount due plus any accrued interest will be added to
the outstanding debt.
SURRENDERS
You may surrender all or part of the Contract at any time and receive its Cash
Value while the Annuitant is alive prior to the annuity starting date. We may
impose a surrender charge and market value adjustment (if applicable). A
partial surrender may reduce your death benefit proportionately by the same
percentage that the surrender (including any surrender charge and any market
value adjustment, if applicable) reduced Fund Value. The amounts you receive
upon surrender may be subject to income taxes and a 10% penalty tax if you are
younger than 59-1/2 at the time of surrender. (See "Federal tax status.")
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
The Contract provides for the deduction of various charges and expenses from
the fund value of the Contract.
We pay compensation to brokers-dealers who sell the Contracts. (For a
discussion of this compensation, see "Distribution of the contracts.")
RIGHT TO RETURN CONTRACT PROVISION
This information is no longer applicable, as these Contracts are no longer
available to new purchasers. You have the right to examine the Contract when
you receive it. You may return the Contract for any reason during the right to
return contract period (usually within ten days from the day you receive it).
You will receive the Purchase Payments received by the Company, less any
partial surrenders you make. During the "right to return contract period,"
Purchase Payments will be retained in the Company's General Account and will
earn interest at a rate not less than 3.50% per year. If you have not returned
the Contract at the end of the right to return contract period, we transfer the
Net Purchase Payments with interest to the subaccounts and/or the Guaranteed
Interest Account.
DEATH BENEFIT
If the Annuitant (and the Secondary Annuitant, if any) dies before the annuity
starting date, the Company will pay a death benefit to the Beneficiary. The
death benefit will depend upon the benefit option package in effect on the date
the Annuitant dies. If the Annuitant dies after annuity payments start, no
death benefit is payable except as may be payable under the settlement option
selected. (See "Death benefit".)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUITANT -- The person upon whose continuation of life any annuity payment
depends.
SECONDARY ANNUITANT -- The party designated by the Owner to become the
Annuitant, subject to certain conditions, on the death of the Annuitant.
BENEFICIARY -- The party entitled to receive benefits payable at the death of
the Annuitant or (if applicable) the Secondary Annuitant.
ANNUITY STARTING DATE -- Attainment of age 95, or at the discretion of the
Owner of the Contract, an earlier date that is at least ten years from the
Effective Date of the Contract.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of the Contract 5
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
FEE TABLES*
The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when
buying, owning, and surrendering the contract.
The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time
that you buy the Contract, surrender the Contract, or transfer fund value
between investment options or, for Contracts funding 401(k) plans only, take a
loan. A charge for taxes may also be deducted.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Owner Transaction Expenses:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum deferred sales load (surrender charge) 7.00%(1)
(as a percentage of Fund Value surrendered)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loan interest spread (effective annual rate) 2.50%(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum transfer charge $ 25(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The next table describes the fees and expense that you will pay periodically
during the time that you own the Contract, not including Fund portfolio company
fees and expenses.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum annual contract charge $ 50(4)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average annual Fund Value
in MONY America Variable Account A):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum mortality and expense risk fees 1.40%(5)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total separate account annual expenses 1.40%(5)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum mortality and expense risk fees 1.95%(6)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total separate account annual expenses 1.95%(6)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 3(7)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum mortality and expense risk fees 2.80%(8)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total separate account annual expenses 2.80%(8)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* For the table of fees applicable to Contracts issued in the State of
Washington, see Appendix A.
(1) The surrender charge percentage, which reduces to zero, is determined by
the Contract Year in which the surrender occurs.
The surrender charge may be reduced under certain circumstances which
include reduction in order to guarantee that certain amounts may be
received free of the surrender charge. (See "Charges against fund value --
Free partial surrender amount.")
(2) The loan interest spread is the difference between the amount of interest
we charge on loans and the amount of interest we credit to amounts held in
the loan account to secure loans.
(3) The transfer charge currently is $0. However, the Company has reserved the
right to impose a charge for each transfer which will not exceed $25
(except for contracts issued in the states of South Carolina and Texas,
where it will not exceed $10). (See "Deductions from fund value -- Transfer
charge.")
(4) The annual contract charge for Option 1 is currently $30. The annual
contract charge for Option 2 and Option 3 is currently $0. However, the
Company may in the future change the amount of the charge to an amount not
exceeding $50 per Contract Year (except for Contracts issued in Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, South Carolina,
Texas and Washington where the charge may not exceed $30). (See "Deductions
from fund value -- Annual contract charge.")
(5) The mortality and expense risk charge is deducted daily equivalent to a
current annual rate of 1.20% (and is guaranteed not to exceed a daily rate
equivalent to an annual rate of 1.40%) from the value of the net assets of
MONY America Variable Account A.
(6) The mortality and expense risk charge is deducted daily equivalent to a
current annual rate of 1.70% (and is guaranteed not to exceed a daily rate
equivalent to an annual rate of 1.95%) from the value of the net assets of
MONY America Variable Account A.
(7) As of November 29, 2004, Option 3 is no longer available for new business.
(8) The mortality and expense risk charge is deducted daily equivalent to a
current annual rate of 2.35% (and is guaranteed not to exceed a daily rate
equivalent to an annual rate of 2.80%) from the value of the net assets of
MONY America Variable Account A.
The next item shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by
the portfolio companies for the year ended December 31, 2008. You may pay
portfolio company operating expenses periodically during the time that you own
the Contract. Certain variable investment options invest in a corresponding
portfolio of one of the Trusts or other unaffiliated investment companies. Each
portfolio, in turn, invests in shares of other portfolios of the Trusts and/or
shares of unaffiliated portfolios ("underlying portfolios"). More detail
concerning each Fund portfolio company's fees and expenses is contained in the
prospectus for each portfolio.
6 Summary of the Contract
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses: Minimum Maximum
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expenses that are deducted from portfolio company assets, including management fees, 0.45% 1.79%
distribution and/or services fees (12b-1 fees), and other expenses
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the
contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include Owner transaction expenses, contract fees, separate account
annual expense, and Fund fees and expenses for the year ended December 31,
2008.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Contract for the time
periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5%
return each year. The example assumes the maximum contract charges and annual
expenses of any of the Fund portfolios (before expense limitations) set forth
in the previous charts. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower,
based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
1. a. If you surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time
period (assuming maximum fees and expenses of any of the Fund
portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $1,010 $1,691 $2,387 $3,941
Option 2 $1,060 $1,839 $2,628 $4,405
Option 3 $1,138 $2,063 $2,987 $5,067
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. If you surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time
period (assuming minimum fees and expenses of any of the Fund port
folios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $ 885 $1,319 $1,770 $2,686
Option 2 $ 936 $1,474 $2,028 $3,223
Option 3 $1,015 $1,708 $2,414 $3,993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $371 $1,129 $1,906 $3,941
Option 2 $426 $1,287 $2,161 $4,405
Option 3 $509 $1,525 $2,539 $5,067
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. If you do not surrender your Contract (assuming minimum fees and
expenses of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $238 $ 733 $1,255 $2,686
Option 2 $293 $ 898 $1,528 $3,223
Option 3 $377 $1,146 $1,934 $3,993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. a. If you annuitize your Contract and the proceeds are settled under
Settlement Options 3 or 3A (life income with annuity options) (assum
ing maximum fees and expenses of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $1,010 $1,129 $1,906 $3,941
Option 2 $1,060 $1,287 $2,161 $4,405
Option 3 $1,138 $1,525 $2,539 $5,067
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of the Contract 7
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
b. If you annuitize your Contract and the proceeds are settled under
Settlement Options 3 or 3A (life income with annuity options)
(assuming minimum fees and expenses of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $ 885 $ 733 $1,255 $2,686
Option 2 $ 936 $ 898 $1,528 $3,223
Option 3 $1,015 $1,146 $1,934 $3,993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. a. If you annuitize your Contract and the proceeds are settled under
Settlement Options 1, 2 or 4 (annuity income without life contingen
cies) (assuming maximum fees and expenses of any of the Fund
portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $1,010 $1,691 $2,387 $3,941
Option 2 $1,060 $1,839 $2,628 $4,405
Option 3 $1,138 $2,063 $2,987 $5,067
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. If you annuitize your Contract and the proceeds are settled under
Settlement Options 1, 2 or 4 (annuity income without life contingen
cies) (assuming minimum fees and expenses of any of the Fund
portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $ 885 $1,319 $1,770 $2,686
Option 2 $ 936 $1,474 $2,028 $3,223
Option 3 $1,015 $1,708 $2,414 $3,993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the purposes of the Fee Tables and the Example, we assume that the Contract
is owned during the accumulation period. On and after the annuity starting
date, different fees and charges will apply. (See "Charges and Deductions.")
OTHER CONTRACTS
We offer a variety of fixed and variable annuity contracts. They may offer
features, including investment options, fees and/or charges that are different
from those in the contracts offered by this Prospectus. Not every contract is
offered through the same distributor. Upon request, your registered
representative can show you information regarding other annuity contracts that
he or she distributes. You can also contact us to find out more about any MONY
Life Insurance Company of America annuity contracts.
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Please see Appendix B at the end of this prospectus for the unit values and the
number of units outstanding as of the end of the period shown for each of the
variable investment options available as of December 31, 2008.
8 Summary of the Contract
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
2. Who is MONY Life Insurance Company of America?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
e are MONY Life Insurance Company of America (the "Company"), an Arizona stock
life insurance corporation organized in 1969. The Company is an indirect,
wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA Financial, Inc., a holding company, which is
itself an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA SA ("AXA"). AXA is a French
holding company for an international group of insurance and related financial
services companies. As the ultimate sole shareholder of the Company, and under
its other arrangements with the Company and parent, AXA exercises significant
influence over the operations and capital structure of the Company and its
parent. AXA holds its interest in the Company through a number of other
intermediate holding companies, including Oudinot Participations, AXA America
Holdings, Inc., AXA Equitable Financial Services, LLC, and MONY Life Insurance
Company, a life insurance company. The Company is obligated to pay all amounts
that are promised to be paid under the contracts. No company other than the
Company, however, has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that the Company
owes under the contracts.
AXA Financial, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries managed approximately
$543.2 billion in assets as of December 31, 2008. The Company is licensed to
sell life insurance and annuities in forty-nine states (not including New
York), the District of Columbia, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico. Our
home office is located at 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10104.
HOW TO REACH US
To obtain (1) any forms you need for communicating with us, (2) unit values and
other values under your policy, and (3) any other information or materials that
we provide in connection with your Contract or the Portfolios, you may
communicate with our processing office as listed below for the purposes
described. Please refer to "Telephone/ Fax/Web Transactions" for effective
dates for processing telephone, Internet, and facsimile requests, later in this
prospectus. Certain methods of contacting us, such as by telephone or
electronically may be unavailable or delayed (for example our fax service may
not be available at all times and/or we may be unavailable due to emergency
closing). In addition, the level and type of service available may be
restricted based on criteria established by us.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BY MAIL:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For contract owner inquiries, write our Operations Center:
MONY Life Insurance Company of America
Policyholder Services
100 Madison Street
Syracuse, New York 13202
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BY TOLL-FREE PHONE:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customer service representatives are available weekdays from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00
p.m. Eastern Time at 1-800-487-6669.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BY INTERNET:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If you are an AXA Advisors client, our Website is www.axaonline.com. All other
clients may access Online Account Access by visiting our other Website at
www.axa-equitable.com. Our Websites provide access to account information and
customer service. After enrolling and setting up a password, you can view
account details, perform certain transactions, print customer service forms and
find answers to Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs).
You can also change your allocation percentages, transfer among investment
options, make a payment, and/or change your address (1) by toll-free phone, (2)
over the Internet, through Online Account Access, or (3) by writing our
Operations Center. For more information about the transaction requests you can
make by phone, fax or internet, see "Telephone/fax/web transactions" later in
this prospectus.
MONY AMERICA VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
MONY America Variable Account A is a separate investment account of the
Company. Presently, only Purchase Payments for individual flexible payment
variable annuity contracts are permitted to be allocated to MONY America
Variable Account A. The assets in MONY America Variable Account A are kept
separate from the General Account assets and other separate accounts of the
Company.
The Company owns the assets in MONY America Variable Account A. The Company is
required to keep assets in MONY America Variable Account A that equal the total
market value of the contract liabilities funded by MONY America Variable
Account A. Realized or unrealized income gains or losses of MONY America
Variable Account A are credited or charged against MONY America Variable
Account A assets without regard to the other income, gains or losses of the
Company. Reserves and other liabilities under the contracts are assets of MONY
America Variable Account A. MONY America Variable Account A assets are not
chargeable with liabilities of the Company's other businesses. The assets of
MONY America Variable Account A are, however, available to cover the
liabilities of our General Account to the extent that the assets of MONY
America Variable Account A exceed the liabilities of the contracts supported by
it. The amount of some of our obligations under the Contracts is based on the
assets in MONY America Variable Account A. However, the obligations themselves
are obligations of the Company.
MONY America Variable Account A was authorized by the Board of Directors of the
Company and established under Arizona law on March 27, 1987. MONY America
Variable Account A is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("the
1940 Act") and is registered and classified under that act as a "unit
investment trust". The SEC, however, does not manage or supervise the Company
or MONY America Variable Account A. Although MONY America Variable Account A is
registered, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") does not monitor
the activity of MONY America Variable Account A on a daily basis. The Company
is not required to register,
Who is MONY Life Insurance Company of America? 9
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
and is not registered, as an investment company under the 1940 Act. A unit
investment trust is a type of investment company. For state law purposes, MONY
America Variable Account A is treated as a part or division of the Company.
MONY America Variable Account A is divided into subdivisions called
subaccounts. Each subaccount invests only in shares of a designated portfolio
of the Funds. For example, the EQ/Long Term Bond Subaccount invests solely in
shares of the EQ Advisors Trust EQ/Long Term Bond Portfolio. These portfolios
serve only as the underlying investment for variable annuity and variable life
insurance contracts issued through separate accounts of the Company or other
life insurance companies. The portfolios may also be available to certain
pension accounts. The portfolios are not available directly to individual
investors. Income and realized and unrealized gains or losses from assets of
each subaccount are credited to or charged against that subaccount without
regard to income, gains or losses in the other subaccounts, our General
Account, or any other separate accounts. We reserve the right to credit or
charge a subaccount in a different manner if required, or appropriate, by
reason of a change in the law. In the future, we reserve the right, in
compliance with the laws that apply, to establish additional subaccounts;
eliminate subaccounts; combine two or more subaccounts; transfer the assets we
determine to be the shares of the class of contracts to which the contracts
belong from any subaccount to another subaccount; restrict or eliminate any
voting rights as to the MONY America Variable Account A; and cause one or more
subaccounts to invest some or all of their assets in one or more other trusts
or investment companies of MONY America Variable Account A if marketing needs,
tax conditions or investment conditions warrant. Future subaccounts may invest
in other portfolios of the Funds or in other securities, as permitted by
applicable law. Any new subaccounts may be made available to existing contracts
on a basis to be determined by us. If any of these changes are made, we may, by
appropriate endorsement, change the Contract to reflect the change.
10 Who is MONY Life Insurance Company of America?
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
3. The Funds
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Each available subaccount of MONY America Variable Account A will invest only
in the shares of the Funds. There is a separate subaccount which corresponds to
each portfolio of a Fund offered under the Contract. The Funds are registered
with the SEC under the 1940 Act. The Funds, or any of them, may withdraw from
sale any or all the respective portfolios as allowed by applicable law. Not all
Funds may be available in all states or in all markets.
You should note that some portfolios have objectives and strategies that are
substantially similar to those of certain funds that are purchased directly
rather than under a variable insurance product such as the Contract. These
portfolios may even have the same manager(s) and/or a similar name. However,
there are numerous factors that can contribute to differences in performance
between two investments, particularly over short periods of time. Such factors
include fees; the timing of stock purchases and sales; differences in fund cash
flows; and specific strategies employed by the portfolio manager.
The AXA Allocation Portfolios offer contract owners a convenient opportunity to
invest in other portfolios that are managed and have been selected for
inclusion in the AXA Allocation Portfolios by AXA Equitable Life Insurance
Company ("AXA Equitable"), the investment manager of the AXA Premier VIP Trust
and EQ Advisors Trust. AXA Advisors, LLC, an affiliated broker-dealer of the
Company, may promote the benefits of such portfolios to contract owners and/or
suggest, incidental to the sale of this Contract, that contract owners consider
whether allocating some or all of their account value to such portfolios is
consistent with their desired investment objectives. In doing so, AXA
Equitable, and/or its affiliates, may be subject to conflicts of interest
insofar as AXA Equitable may derive greater revenues from the AXA Allocation
Portfolios than certain other portfolios available to you under your Contract.
Please see "Payment and allocation of Purchase Payment" in "Detailed
information about the Contract" for more information about your role in
managing your allocations.
For some portfolios, AXA Equitable has entered into sub-advisory agreements
with investment advisers (the "sub-advisers") to carry out the day-to-day
investment decisions for the portfolios. As such, AXA Equitable oversees the
activities of the sub-advisers with respect to the Trusts and is responsible
for retaining or discontinuing the services of those sub-advisers. The chart
below indicates the investment manager or sub-adviser(s), as applicable for
each portfolio.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Manager (or Sub-Adviser(s), as
Portfolio Name Objective applicable)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE
FUNDS -- SERIES I SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. FINANCIAL SERVICES The fund's investment objective is capital growth. Invesco Aim Advisors, Inc.
FUND (sub-advised by advisory entities
affiliated with Invesco Aim
Advisors, Inc.)(+)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. GLOBAL HEALTH CARE The fund's investment objective is capital growth. Invesco Aim Advisors, Inc.
FUND (sub-advised by advisory entities
affiliated with Invesco Aim
Advisors, Inc.)(+)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. TECHNOLOGY FUND The fund's investment objective is capital growth. Invesco Aim Advisors, Inc.
(sub-advised by advisory entities
affiliated with Invesco Aim
Advisors, Inc.)(+)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA PREMIER VIP TRUST --
CLASS A AND CLASS B SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA AGGRESSIVE ALLOCATION* Seeks long-term capital appreciation. o AXA Equitable
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA CONSERVATIVE Seeks a high level of current income. o AXA Equitable
ALLOCATION*
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA CONSERVATIVE-PLUS Seeks current income and growth of capital, with a o AXA Equitable
ALLOCATION* greater emphasis on current income.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA MODERATE ALLOCATION* Seeks long-term capital appreciation and current income. o AXA Equitable
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA MODERATE-PLUS Seeks long-term capital appreciation and current income, o AXA Equitable
ALLOCATION* with a greater emphasis on capital appreciation.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Funds 11
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Manager (or Sub-Adviser(s), as
Portfolio Name Objective applicable)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA PREMIER VIP TRUST --
CLASS A AND CLASS B SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MULTIMANAGER MULTI-SECTOR High total return through a combination of current o Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC
BOND income and capital appreciation.
o Post Advisory Group, LLC
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MULTIMANAGER SMALL CAP Long-term growth of capital. o Eagle Asset Management, Inc.
GROWTH
o Wells Capital Management Inc.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ ADVISORS TRUST CLASS 1A
AND 1B SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALL ASSET ALLOCATION Seeks long-term capital appreciation and current income. o AXA Equitable
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN SMALL Seeks to achieve long-term growth of capital. o AllianceBernstein L.P.
CAP GROWTH
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/BLACKROCK BASIC VALUE Seeks to achieve capital appreciation and secondarily, o BlackRock Investment Management LLC
EQUITY income.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/BOSTON ADVISORS EQUITY Seeks to achieve a combination of growth and income to o Boston Advisors, LLC
INCOME achieve an above-average and consistent total return.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/CALVERT SOCIALLY Seeks to achieve long-term capital appreciation. o Calvert Asset Management Company, Inc.
RESPONSIBLE
o Bridgeway Capital Management, Inc.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/CAPITAL GUARDIAN Seeks to achieve long-term growth of capital. o Capital Guardian Trust Company
RESEARCH
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/CORE BOND INDEX Seeks to provide a high total return consistent with mod- o JPMorgan Investment Management Inc.
erate risk to capital and maintenance of liquidity.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/GAMCO MERGERS AND Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. o GAMCO Asset Management Inc.
ACQUISITIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/GAMCO SMALL COMPANY Seeks to maximize capital appreciation. o GAMCO Asset Management Inc.
VALUE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/GLOBAL MULTI-SECTOR Seek to achieve long-term capital appreciation. o Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
EQUITY
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/GOVERNMENT SECURITIES Seeks to maximize income and capital appreciation o BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
through investment in the highest credit quality debt
obligations.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/LARGE CAP VALUE PLUS Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. o AllianceBernstein L.P.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/LONG TERM BOND Seeks to maximize income and capital appreciation o BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
through investment in long-maturity debt obligations.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/LORD ABBETT GROWTH AND Seeks capital appreciation and growth of income without o Lord, Abbett & Co., LLC
INCOME excessive fluctuation in market value.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/LORD ABBETT MID CAP Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. o Lord, Abbett & Co., LLC
VALUE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/MID CAP INDEX Seeks to achieve long-term growth of capital. o Fidelity Management & Research Company
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/MONEY MARKET Seeks to obtain a high level of current income, preserve o The Dreyfus Corporation
its assets and maintain liquidity.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/MONTAG & CALDWELL Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. o Montag & Caldwell, Inc.
GROWTH
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/PIMCO ULTRA SHORT BOND Seeks maximum real return consistent with preservation o Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC
of real capital and prudent investment management.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 The Funds
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Manager (or Sub-Adviser(s), as
Portfolio Name Objective applicable)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ ADVISORS TRUST CLASS 1A
AND 1B SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/SHORT DURATION BOND Seeks to achieve current income with reduced volatility o BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
of principal.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/SMALL COMPANY INDEX Seeks to replicate as closely as possible (before the o AllianceBernstein L.P.
deduction of Portfolio expenses) the total return of the
Russell 2000 Index.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/UBS GROWTH AND INCOME Seeks to achieve total return through capital o UBS Global Asset Management
appreciation with income as a secondary consideration. (Americas) Inc.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/VAN KAMPEN MID CAP Capital growth. o Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
GROWTH
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/VAN KAMPEN REAL ESTATE Seeks to provide above average current income and long- o Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.
term capital appreciation.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON VARI-
ABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS
TRUST -- CLASS 2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRANKLIN INCOME SECURITIES Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects Franklin Advisers, Inc.
FUND for capital appreciation.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRANKLIN RISING DIVIDENDS Seeks long-term capital appreciation, with preservation Franklin Advisory Services, LLC
SECURITIES FUND of capital as an important consideration.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRANKLIN ZERO COUPON FUND Seeks to provide as high an investment return as is Franklin Advisers, Inc.
2010 consistent with capital preservation.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JANUS ASPEN SERIES --
SERVICE SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORTY PORTFOLIO** Seeks long-term growth of capital. Janus Capital Management LLC
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OVERSEAS PORTFOLIO Seeks long-term growth of capital. Janus Capital Management LLC
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE
TRUST(SM) -- INITIAL CLASS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) UTILITIES SERIES To seek total return. Massachusetts Financial Services Company
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE
ACCOUNT FUNDS -- SERVICE
CLASS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. OppenheimerFunds, Inc.
SECURITIES FUND/VA
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE
TRUST -- ADMINISTRATIVE
CLASS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GLOBAL BOND PORTFOLIO Seeks to maximize total return, consistent with preserva- Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC
(UNHEDGED) tion of capital and prudent investment management.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STOCKSPLUS GROWTH AND An enhanced S&P 500 index strategy that seeks total Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC
INCOME PORTFOLIO*** return, which exceeds the return of the S&P 500 Index.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFUNDS VP
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFUND VP BEAR Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, ProFund Advisors
that correspond to the inverse (opposite) of the daily
performance of the S&P 500 Index.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Funds 13
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Manager (or Sub-Adviser(s), as
Portfolio Name Objective applicable)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFUNDS VP
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFUND VP RISING RATES Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, ProFund Advisors
OPPORTUNITY that correspond to the one and one-quarter times
(125%) the inverse (opposite) of the daily price move-
ment of the most recently issued 30-year U.S. Treasury
Bond ("Long Bond").
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFUND VP ULTRABULL Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses ProFund Advisors
that correspond to twice (200%) the daily performance of
the S&P 500 Index.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL
FUNDS, INC. -- SHARE CLASS I
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GLOBAL VALUE EQUITY Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing prima- Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.,
PORTFOLIO rily in equity securities of issuers throughout the world, which does business in certain instances as
including U.S. issuers. Van Kampen (sub-advised by Morgan Stanley
Investment Management Limited)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ It is anticipated that, on or about the end of the fourth quarter of 2009,
Invesco Aim, Invesco Global and Invesco Institutional will be combined into
a single entity, which will be named Invesco Advisers, Inc. The combined
entity will serve as the fund's investment adviser. Invesco Advisers, Inc.
will provide substantially the same services as are currently provided by
the three existing separate entities. Further information about this
combination will be posted on http://www.invescoaim.com on or about the
closing date of the transaction.
* The "AXA Allocation" portfolios.
** Unlike the other Funds, the Janus Aspen Forty Portfolio is a
non-diversified, open-end management investment company. A nondiversified
Fund may hold a larger position in a smaller number of securities than a
diversified Fund. This means that a single security's increase or decrease
in value may have a greater impact on the return and net asset value of a
non-diversified Fund than a diversified Fund.
*** Effective on or about July 17, 2009, this portfolio will be liquidated.
Please see the attached Supplement for more information about this
liquidation.
You should consider the investment objectives, risks and charges and expenses
of the portfolios carefully before investing. Share classes, where applicable,
are defined in the corresponding Fund prospectus. The prospectuses for the Fund
contain this and other important information about the portfolios. The
prospectuses should be read carefully before investing. In order to obtain
copies of Fund prospectuses that do not accompany this prospectus, you may call
one of our customer service representatives at 1-800-487-6669.
Each Owner should periodically review their allocation of Purchase Payments and
Fund Values among the subaccounts and the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment in light of their current objectives, the current
market conditions, and the risks of investing in each of the Funds' various
portfolios. A full description of the objectives, policies, restrictions, risks
and expenses for each of the Funds' portfolios can be found in the prospectus
for each of the Funds.
14 The Funds
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
PURCHASE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES BY MONY AMERICA VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
MONY America Variable Account A will buy and redeem shares from the Funds at
net asset value. Shares will be redeemed when needed for the Company to:
o Collect charges under the Contracts;
o Pay Cash Value on full surrenders of the Contracts;
o Fund partial surrenders;
o Provide benefits under the Contracts; or
o Transfer assets from one subaccount to another or between one or more
subaccounts of MONY America Variable Account A and the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment as requested by Owners.
Any dividend or capital gain distribution received from a portfolio of a Fund
will be:
o Reinvested immediately at net asset value in shares of that portfolio; or
o Kept as assets of the corresponding subaccount.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH VALUE -- The Contract's Fund Value, less (1) any applicable surrender
charge, (2) any outstanding debt, and (3) any applicable market value
adjustment.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shares of the Funds are not sold directly to the general public. They are sold
to the Company, and may be sold to other insurance companies that issue
variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts. In addition, they may
be sold to retirement plans.
When a Fund sells shares in any of its portfolios both to variable annuity and
to variable life insurance company separate accounts, it engages in mixed
funding. When a Fund sells shares in any of its portfolios to separate accounts
of unaffiliated life insurance companies, it engages in shared funding. Each
Fund may engage in mixed and shared funding. Therefore, due to differences in
redemption rates or tax treatment, or other considerations, the interests of
various shareholders participating in a Fund could conflict.
The Boards of Directors or Trustees of each of the Funds monitors the
respective Fund for the existence of material irreconcilable conflict between
the interests of variable annuity Owners and variable life insurance Owners.
The Boards shall report any such conflict to the boards of the Company and its
affiliates. The Boards of Directors of the Company and its affiliates have
agreed to be responsible for reporting any potential or existing mixed and
shared funding conflicts to the Directors and Trustees of each of the relevant
Funds. The Boards of Directors of the Company and its affiliates will remedy
any conflict at their own cost. The remedy may include establishing a new
registered management investment company and segregating the assets underlying
the variable annuity contracts and the variable life insurance contracts.
The investment objectives and policies of certain portfolios are similar to the
investment objectives and policies of other portfolios that may be managed by
the same investment adviser or manager. The investment results of the
portfolios, however, may be higher or lower than the results of such other
portfolios. There can be no assurance, and no representation is made that the
investment results of any of the portfolios will be comparable to the
investment results of any other portfolio, even if the other portfolio has the
same investment adviser or manager, or if the other portfolio has a similar
name.
The Funds 15
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
4. Detailed information about the Contract
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Fund Value in MONY America Variable Account A and in the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment provide many of the benefits of
your Contract. The information in this section describes the benefits,
features, charges and major provisions of the Contract and the extent to which
those depend upon the Fund Value, particularly the Fund Value in MONY America
Variable Account A. There may be differences in your Contract such as
differences in fees, charges, and benefits because of the state where we issued
your Contract. We will include any such differences in your Contract. If we
issued your Contract in the State of Washington, please see Appendix A.
PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS
ISSUE AGES
The issue ages for the two benefit option packages available under the Contract
vary as per the table below. The maximum issue age of the Annuitant for Option
1 is 85. The maximum issue age of the Annuitant for Option 2 is 79. For Option
3, it was 79.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 Option 2 Option 3*
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant Issue
Ages 0-85 0-79 0-79
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* As of November 29, 2004, Option 3 is no longer available for new business.
ISSUANCE OF THE CONTRACT
Disclosure regarding contract issuance and minimum initial Purchase Payments is
for informational purposes only. This Contract is no longer available to new
purchasers.
The Contract is between you and the Company. The Contract is not an investment
advisory account, and the Company is not providing any investment advice or
managing the allocations under your Contract. In the absence of a specific
written arrangement to the contrary, you as the owner of the Contract, have the
sole authority to make investment allocations and other decisions under the
Contract. Your AXA Advisors' financial professional is acting as a
broker-dealer registered representative, and is not authorized to act as an
investment advisor or to manage the allocations under your Contract. If your
financial professional is a registered representative with a broker-dealer
other than AXA Advisors, you should speak with him/her regarding any different
arrangements that may apply.
Individuals who want to buy a Contract must:
(1) complete an application;
(2) personally deliver the application to
(a) a licensed agent of the Company who is also a registered
representative of AXA Advisors, LLC or AXA Distributors, LLC
(together, the "Distributors") who act as the principal underwriters
for the Contracts, or
(b) a licensed agent who is also a registered representative of a broker
dealer which had been authorized by the Distributors to sell the
Contract; and
(3) pay the minimum initial Purchase Payment.
If we receive a completed application and all other information necessary for
processing a purchase order at our Operations Center, we will apply your
initial Purchase Payment no later than two Business Days after we receive the
order. While attempting to finish an incomplete application, we may hold your
initial Purchase Payment for no more than five Business Days. If an incomplete
application cannot be completed within those five days, we will inform you of
the reasons, and will return your Purchase Payment immediately (unless you
specifically authorize us to keep it until the application is complete). Once
you complete your application, we must apply the initial Purchase Payment
within two Business Days. We will apply any additional Purchase Payments you
make on the Business Day we receive them at our Operations Center.
The Contract may be used with certain tax qualified plans. The Contract
includes attributes such as tax deferral on accumulated earnings. Qualified
retirement plans provide their own tax deferral benefit; the purchase of this
Contract does not provide additional tax deferral benefits beyond those
provided in the qualified plan. Accordingly, if you are purchasing this
Contract, you should purchase it for its death benefit, annuity benefits, and
other non-tax related benefits. Please consult a tax adviser for information
specific to your circumstances in order to determine whether the Contract is an
appropriate investment for you.
The minimum initial Purchase Payment for individuals varies depending upon the
use of the Contract, the method of purchase and the benefit option package
selected. The chart below shows the minimum initial Purchase Payment for each
situation.
16 Detailed information about the Contract
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use of Contract or Method of Making Purchase Payment Minimum Initial Purchase Payment
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Individual retirement accounts and annuities under Section 408 of the Code $2,000
(other than Simplified Employee Pensions), including Roth IRAs under Section
408A of the Code (no longer available to new purchasers).
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Qualified Contracts (no longer available to new purchasers). Option 1 -- $5,000
Option 2 -- $10,000
Option 3 -- $10,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H.R. 10 plans (self-employed individuals' retirement plans under Section 401 of $ 600
the Code) (no longer available to new purchasers) and Simplified Employee Pen-
sions under Section 408 of the Code (no longer available to new purchasers).
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Certain corporate or association retirement plans. $ 600
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuity purchase plans sponsored by certain tax-exempt organizations, govern- $ 600
mental entities and deferred compensation plans under Section 457 of the Code.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payroll deduction and automatic checking account withdrawal plans. Annualized rate of $600 (i.e., $600 per year,
$300 semiannually, $150 quarterly or $50 per
month)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Government Allotment Plans $50 per month
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GOVERNMENT ALLOTMENT PLANS -- Payroll deduction plans used for financial
products by government employees.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Purchase Payments may be made at any time--before the annuity
starting date as long as the Annuitant is living. However, for certain
automatic payment plans, the smallest additional payment is $50.
The Company reserves the right to revise its rules from time to time to specify
different minimum Purchase Payments for such plans. In addition, the prior
approval of the Company is needed before it will accept a Purchase Payment if
that would cause Cumulative Purchase Payments, less any partial surrenders and
their surrender charges and market value adjustments, to exceed $1,500,000.
The Company reserves the right to reject an application for any reason
permitted by law.
Net Purchase Payments received before the Effective Date will be held in the
Company's General Account and will be credited with interest at not less than
3.50% per year if:
(1) the Contract is issued by the Company, and
(2) the Contract is delivered to the Owner.
No interest will be paid if the Contract is not issued or if it is declined by
the Owner.
These amounts will be held in that account pending end of the right to return
contract period. (See below.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFFECTIVE DATE -- The date the contract begins as shown in the Contract.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAX-FREE 'SECTION 1035' EXCHANGES
The Owner can generally exchange one annuity contract for another in a
'tax-free exchange' under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code. Similar
rules may apply to changing the funding vehicle in a Qualified Plan. Before
making the exchange, the Owner should compare both contracts carefully.
Remember that if you exchange another contract for the one described in this
prospectus, you might have to pay a surrender charge on the old contract. There
will be a new surrender charge period for this Contract and other charges may
be higher (or lower) and the benefits may be different. If the exchange does
not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, the Owner may have to pay federal
income tax, and penalty taxes on the exchange. The Owner should not exchange
another contract for this one unless he or she determines, after knowing all
the facts, that the exchange is in the Owner's best interest and not just
better for the person trying to sell the Owner this Contract (that person will
generally earn a commission if the Owner buys this Contract through an exchange
or otherwise).
RIGHT TO RETURN CONTRACT PROVISION
This information is no longer applicable as these Contracts are no longer
available to new purchasers. The Owner may return the Contract during the right
to return contract period (usually within 10 days) of the delivery date. The
Contract must be returned to the Company or any agent of the Company. When the
Company receives the Contract, it will be voided as if it were never in effect.
Unless state law requires otherwise, the amount to be refunded is equal to the
Purchase Payments received by the Company, less any partial surrenders you
made. During the right to return contract period, Purchase Payments will be
retained in the Company's General Account and will earn interest at a rate not
less than 3.50% per year. If you have not returned the Contract at the end of
the right to return contract period, we transfer the Net Purchase Payments with
interest to the subaccounts and/or the Guaranteed Interest Account.
ALLOCATION OF PAYMENTS AND FUND VALUE
ALLOCATION OF PAYMENTS. On the application, the Owner may allocate Net Purchase
Payments to any of the available subaccounts of MONY America Variable Account A
or to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment. Net
Purchase Payments (and any interest thereon) are held in the General Account if
they are received before the end of the right to return contract period.
The portion of Net Purchase Payments allocated to the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment will be held in the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment of the General Account for the specified
period selected and will be credited with interest at the rate declared by the
Company for that specified period. The portion of Net Purchase Payments
allocated to subaccounts of MONY America Variable Account A will earn 3.50%
annual
Detailed information about the Contract 17
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
interest until the right to return contract period expires. (See "Right to
return contract provision" above.) After the right to return Contract period
has expired, the value of Net Purchase Payments allocated to subaccounts of
MONY America Variable Account A will automatically be transferred to MONY
America Variable Account A subaccount(s) according to the Owner's percentage
allocation.
After the right to return contract period, under a non-automatic payment plan,
if the Owner does not:
(1) specify the amount to be allocated among subaccounts, or
(2) specify the percentage to be allocated among subaccounts, or
(3) the amount or percentage specified is incorrect or incomplete,
the Net Purchase Payments will be allocated under the Owner's most recent
instructions on record with the Company. The percentage specified must not be
less than 5% of the Net Purchase Payment. Allocation percentages must total
100%. For automatic payment plans, Net Purchase Payments will be allocated
according to the Owner's most recent instructions on record.
The Owner may change the specified allocation formula for future Net Purchase
Payments at any time without charge by sending written notification to the
Company at the Operations Center. Prior allocation instructions may also be
changed by telephone, facsimile or via the web subject to the rules of the
Company and its right to terminate or modify telephone, facsimile or via the
web allocation. The Company reserves the right to deny any telephone, facsimile
or via the web allocation request. (See "Telephone/fax/web transactions.") Any
such change, whether made in writing or by telephone, facsimile or via the web,
will be effective seven days after we receive notice of the change in
accordance with the requirements of state insurance departments and the
Investment Company Act of 1940.
Contracts issued in Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon,
Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Texas and Washington must maintain a minimum Fund
Value balance of $2,500 in the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment when an allocation to said account is chosen.
CALCULATING UNIT VALUES FOR EACH SUBACCOUNT
When allocated Net Purchase Payments are received they are credited to
subaccounts of MONY America Variable Account A in the form of units. The number
of units is determined by dividing the dollar amount allocated to a particular
subaccount by the unit value for that subaccount for the Business Day on which
the Purchase Payment is received.
To determine the unit value of a subaccount on each Business Day, the Company
takes the prior Business Day's unit value and multiplies it by the Net
Investment Factor for the current Business Day. The Net Investment Factor is
used to measure the investment performance of a subaccount from one Business
Day to the next. The Net Investment Factor for each subaccount equals:
(1) the net asset value per share of each Fund held in the sub account at
the end of the current Business Day divided by
(2) the net asset value per share of each Fund held in the sub account at
the end of the prior Business day, minus
(3) the daily mortality and expense risk charge and any other applicable
charges adjusted for the number of calendar days in the period.
The unit value of these subaccounts may increase, decrease or remain the same
from Business Day to Business Day. The unit value depends on the investment
performance of the portfolio of the Fund in which the subaccount invests and
any expenses and charges deducted from MONY America Variable Account A. The
Owner bears the entire investment risk. Owners should periodically review their
allocations of payments and values in light of market conditions and overall
financial planning requirements.
CALCULATION OF GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT WITH MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT FUND
VALUE
Net Purchase Payments to be allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment will be credited to the Accumulation Period chosen by
the Owner on
(1) the date received at the Operations Center, or
(2) if the day Net Purchase Payments are received is not a Busi ness Day,
then on the next Business Day.
Interest will be credited daily.
CALCULATION OF FUND VALUE
The Contract's Fund Value will reflect:
o The investment performance of the selected subac count(s) of MONY
America Variable Account A.
o Amounts credited (including interest) to the Guaran teed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment.
o Any Net Purchase Payments.
o Any transfer charges.
o Any partial surrenders.
o Any outstanding debt.
o All contract charges (including surrender charges and market value
adjustments) imposed.
There is no guaranteed minimum Fund Value, except to the extent Net Purchase
Payments have been allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment. Because a Contract's Fund Value at any future date will be
dependent on a number of variables, it cannot be predetermined.
The Fund Value will be computed first on the Effective Date and thereafter on
each Business Day. On the Effective Date, the Contract's Fund Value will be the
Net Purchase Payments received on or before the Effective Date plus any
interest credited on those Payments during the period when Net Purchase
Payments are held in the General Account. (See "Issuance of the Contract".)
After amounts allocated to the subaccounts are transferred from the General
Account to MONY America Variable Account A, on each Business Day, the
Contract's Fund Value will be computed as follows:
(1) Determine the aggregate of the Fund Values attributable to the
Contract in each of the subaccounts on that Business
18 Detailed information about the Contract
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Day. This is done by multiplying the subaccount's unit value on that
date by the number of subaccount units allocated to the Contract. The
computation of the Contract's Fund Value in the subaccount is done
before any other Contract transactions on that Business Day.
(2) Add any amount credited to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment before that Business Day. This amount is the
aggregate of all Net Purchase Payments allocated to the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment and:
o The addition of any interest credited.
o Addition or subtraction of any amounts transferred.
o Subtraction of any partial surrenders.
o Subtraction of any contract charges, surrender charges, transfer
charges, and any Market Value Adjustments
(3) Add the value held in the loan account to secure contract loans and
interest credited on that day on that amount;
(4) Add any Net Purchase Payment received on that Business Day;
(5) Subtract any partial surrender amount (reflecting any surren der
charge and Market Value Adjustment) made on that Business Day;
(6) Subtract any annual contract charge and/or transfer charge deductible
on that Business Day.
Regarding (1) above, for each subaccount we multiply the number of units
credited to that subaccount by its unit Value on that Business Day. The
multiplication is done before the purchase or redemption of any units on that
Business Day.
If a transaction would ordinarily require that the Contract's Fund Value be
computed for a day that is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day
will be used.
TRANSFERS. You may transfer the value of the Contract among the subaccounts
after the right to return contract period has expired by sending a proper
written request to the Company's Operations Center. Transfers may be made by
telephone, facsimile or via the web if proper authorization has been received
at the Company's Operations Center. (See "Telephone/fax/web transactions.")
Transfers will be executed at the net asset value next calculated by the
Company if the transfer instruction is received and acknowledged by 4:00 p.m.,
Eastern Time on a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for
business. If the New York Stock Exchange is not open for business on the day of
receipt, the transfer instruction will be executed at the net asset value
calculated at the close of business on the first day thereafter on which the
New York Stock Exchange is open for business. Such transfers are subject to the
Company's rules and conditions for such privilege. Currently, there are no
limitations on the number of transfers between subaccounts. Our current
transfer restrictions are set forth in the "Disruptive transfer activity"
section below.
Transfers may be postponed for any period during which
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or
(2) trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted as determined by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or
(3) an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of securities held by the
Fund is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
determine the value of the net assets of the Fund.
A transfer charge is not currently imposed on transfers. (See "Deductions from
fund value -- Transfer charge.") However, the Company reserves the right to
impose a charge which will not exceed $25 per transfer. If imposed the charge
will be deducted from the first subaccount(s) or the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment you designate funds to be transferred
from. This charge is in addition to the amount transferred. All transfers in a
single request are treated as one transfer transaction. A transfer resulting
from the first reallocation of Fund Value at the end of the right to return
contract period will not be subject to a transfer charge and transfers made at
the end of an Accumulation Period of amounts allocated to the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment (see below) will not be subject
to a transfer charge. Under present law, transfers are not taxable
transactions.
TRANSFERS INVOLVING THE GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT WITH MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT. Transfers may be made from the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment at any time, but, if they are made before the end of
the 3, 5, 7, or 10 year Accumulation Period there will be a market value
adjustment for Contracts issued in most states. If the transfer request is
received within 30 days before the end of the Accumulation Period, no market
value adjustment will apply. If multiple Accumulation Periods are in effect,
your transfer request must specify from which Accumulation Period(s) we are to
make the transfer.
Contracts issued in Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon,
Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Texas and Washington with fund value in the
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment must maintain a
minimum Fund Value in the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment of $2,500.
Please see "Payment and allocation of Purchase Payments" earlier in this
section "Detailed information about the Contract" for more information about
your role in managing your allocations.
PORTFOLIO REBALANCING. Our portfolio rebalancing program can help prevent a
well-conceived investment strategy from becoming diluted over time. Investment
performance will likely cause the allocation percentages you originally
selected to shift. With this program, you may instruct us to periodically
reallocate values in your Contract. The program does not guarantee an
investment gain or protect against an investment loss. You may elect or
terminate the rebalancing program at any time. You may also change your
allocations under the program at any time. Requesting a transfer while enrolled
in our rebalancing program will automatically terminate your participation in
the program. This means that your account will no longer be rebalanced on a
Detailed information about the Contract 19
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
periodic basis. You must provide us with written instructions if you wish your
account to be rebalanced in the future.
TELEPHONE/FAX/WEB TRANSACTIONS
Prior allocation instructions may be changed or transfers requested by
telephone, fax or via the web subject to the Company's guidelines (which we
believe to be reasonable) and the Company's right to modify or terminate the
telephone/fax/web privilege. The Company reserves the right to deny any
telephone, fax or web request.
If all telephone lines are busy or the Internet is not available (for example,
during periods of substantial market fluctuations), Owners may be unable to
request telephone, fax or web allocation changes or transfers by telephone, fax
or web. In such cases, an Owner would submit a written request.
We have adopted guidelines relating to changes of allocations and transfers by
telephone, fax or web which, among other things, outlines procedures designed
to prevent unauthorized instructions. If the Owner does not follow these
procedures:
(1) the Company shall not be liable for any loss as a result of following
fraudulent telephone, fax or web instructions; and
(2) the Owner will, therefore, bear the entire risk of loss due to fraudulent
telephone, fax or web instructions.
A copy of the guidelines and our form for electing telephone/facsimile transfer
privileges is available from your financial professional or by calling us at
(800) 487-6669, Monday through Friday, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Eastern Time. Web
transfer privileges and a copy of the guidelines and forms are available online
at www.axaonline.com. The telephone or fax allocation and transfer privileges
may also be elected by completing the telephone or fax authorization. The
Company's form or a Contract application with a completed telephone or fax
authorization must be signed and received at the Company's Operations Center
before telephone or fax allocation instructions will be accepted. To elect web
allocation and transfer privileges, you must log on to www.axaonline.com, and
register for online account access. This online application must be
electronically signed and received by the Company via the internet before web
transaction instructions will be accepted.
SPECIAL NOTE ON RELIABILITY. Please note that the internet or our telephone
system may not always be available. Any system, whether it is yours, your
service provider's, or your registered representative's, can experience
unscheduled outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. These outages or
slowdowns may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although we have
taken precautions to help our systems handle heavy use, we cannot promise
complete reliability under all circumstances. If you are experiencing problems,
you can make your transactions by writing our Operations Center.
DISRUPTIVE TRANSFER ACTIVITY
You should note that the Contract is not designed for professional "market
timing" organizations, or other organizations or individuals engaging in a
market timing strategy. The Contract is not designed to accommodate programmed
transfers, frequent transfers or transfers that are large in relation to the
total assets of the underlying portfolio.
Frequent transfers, including market timing and other program trading or
short-term trading strategies, may be disruptive to the underlying portfolios
in which the subaccounts invest. Disruptive transfer activity may adversely
affect performance and the interests of long-term investors by requiring a
portfolio to maintain larger amounts of cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings
at a disadvantageous time or price. For example, when market timing occurs, a
portfolio may have to sell its holdings to have the cash necessary to redeem
the market timer's investment. This can happen when it is not advantageous to
sell any securities, so the portfolio's performance may be hurt. When large
dollar amounts are involved, market timing can also make it difficult to use
long-term investment strategies because a portfolio cannot predict how much
cash it will have to invest. In addition, disruptive transfers or purchases and
redemptions of portfolio investments may impede efficient portfolio management
and impose increased transaction costs, such as brokerage costs, by requiring
the portfolio manager to effect more frequent purchases and sales of portfolio
securities. Similarly, a portfolio may bear increased administrative costs as a
result of the asset level and investment volatility that accompanies patterns
of excessive or short-term trading. Portfolios that invest a significant
portion of their assets in foreign securities or the securities of small- and
mid-capitalization companies tend to be subject to the risks associated with
market timing and short-term trading strategies to a greater extent than
portfolios that do not. Securities trading in overseas markets present time
zone arbitrage opportunities when events affecting portfolio securities values
occur after the close of the overseas market but prior to the close of the U.S.
markets. Securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies present
arbitrage opportunities because the market for such securities may be less
liquid than the market for securities of larger companies, which could result
in pricing inefficiencies. Please see the prospectuses for the underlying
portfolios for more information on how portfolio shares are priced.
We currently use the procedures described below to discourage disruptive
transfer activity. You should understand, however, that these procedures are
subject to the following limitations: (1) they primarily rely on the policies
and procedures implemented by the underlying portfolios; (2) they do not
eliminate the possibility that disruptive transfer activity, including market
timing, will occur or that portfolio performance will be affected by such
activity; and (3) the design of market timing procedures involves inherently
subjective judgments, which we seek to make in a fair and reasonable manner
consistent with the interests of all policy and contract owners.
We currently require that any transfer request that would result in an
aggregated transfer amount of $250,000 or more in a single day must be
submitted in writing to our customer service office by U.S. mail (first class).
Overnight mail is not permitted for those transfer requests. We monitor the
$250,000 daily threshold on a monthly basis and combine transfer activities for
all contracts with the same or related owner. We do not permit exceptions to
this policy. We may change this policy, and any new or revised policy will
apply to all Contract holders uniformly.
We offer subaccounts with underlying portfolios that are part of the AXA
Premier VIP Trust and EQ Advisors Trust, as well as subaccounts with underlying
portfolios of outside trusts with which AXA Equitable has entered participation
agreements (the "unaffiliated trusts" and,
20 Detailed information about the Contract
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
collectively with the AXA Premier VIP Trust and EQ Advisors Trust, the
"trusts"). The trusts have adopted policies and procedures regarding disruptive
transfer activity. They discourage frequent purchases and redemptions of
portfolio shares and will not make special arrangements to accommodate such
transactions. They aggregate inflows and outflows for each portfolio on a daily
basis. On any day when a portfolio's net inflows or outflows exceed an
established monitoring threshold, the trust obtains from us contract owner
trading activity. The trusts currently consider transfers into and out of (or
vice versa) the same subaccount within a five business day period as
potentially disruptive transfer activity. Each unaffiliated trust may have its
own policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. If an
unaffiliated trust advises us that there may be disruptive activity from one of
our contract owners, we will work with the unaffiliated trust to review
contract owner trading activity. Each trust reserves the right to reject a
transfer that it believes, in its sole discretion, is disruptive (or
potentially disruptive) to the management of one of its portfolios. Please see
the prospectuses for the trusts for more information.
When a Contract is identified in connection with potentially disruptive
transfer activity for the first time, a letter is sent to the Contract owner
explaining that there is a policy against disruptive transfer activity and that
if such activity continues, certain transfer privileges may be eliminated. If
and when the contract owner is identified a second time as engaged in
potentially disruptive transfer activity under the Contract, we currently
prohibit the use of voice, fax and automated transaction services. We currently
apply such action for the remaining life of each affected contract. We or a
trust may change the definition of potentially disruptive transfer activity,
the monitoring procedures and thresholds, any notification procedures, and the
procedures to restrict this activity. Any new or revised policies and
procedures will apply to all contract owners uniformly. We do not permit
exceptions to our policies restricting disruptive transfer activity.
It is possible that a trust may impose a redemption fee designed to discourage
frequent or disruptive trading by contract owners. As of the date of this
prospectus, the trusts had not implemented such a fee. If a redemption fee is
implemented by a trust, that fee, like any other trust fee, will be borne by
the contract owner.
Contract owners should note that it is not always possible for us and the
underlying trusts to identify and prevent disruptive transfer activity. In
addition, because we do not monitor for all frequent trading at the separate
account level, contract owners may engage in frequent trading which may not be
detected, for example, due to low net inflows or outflows on the particular
day(s). Therefore, no assurance can be given that we or the trusts will
successfully impose restrictions on all potentially disruptive transfers.
Because there is no guarantee that disruptive trading will be stopped, some
contract owners may be treated differently than others, resulting in the risk
that some contract owners may be able to engage in frequent transfer activity
while others will bear the effect of that frequent transfer activity. The
potential effects of frequent transfer activity are discussed above.
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
The Contract will remain in effect until the earlier of:
(1) the date the Contract is surrendered in full,
(2) the date annuity payments start,
(3) the Contract Anniversary on which, after deduction for any annual contract
charge then due, no Fund Value in the subaccounts and the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment remains in the Contract, or
(4) the date the death benefit is payable under the Contract.
Detailed information about the Contract 21
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
5. Description of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERAL
The Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment is an allocation
option available under the contract. The Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment may not be available in every state jurisdiction.
The guarantees associated with the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment are borne exclusively by the Company. The guarantees
associated with the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment
are legal obligations of the Company. Fund Values allocated to the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment are held in the General Account
of the Company. Amounts allocated to the General Account of the Company are
subject to the liabilities arising from the business the Company conducts. The
Company has sole investment discretion over the investment of the assets of its
General Account. Owners having allocated amounts to a particular Accumulation
Period of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment,
however, will have no claim against any particular assets of the Company.
The Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment provides for a
Specified Interest Rate, which is a guaranteed interest rate that will be
credited as long as any amount allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account
with Market Value Adjustment is not distributed for any reason prior to the
Maturity Date of the particular Accumulation Period chosen by the Owner.
Generally, a 3-year Accumulation Period offers guaranteed interest at a
Specified Interest Rate over three years, a 5-year Accumulation Period offers
guaranteed interest at a Specified Interest Rate over five years, and so on.
Because the Maturity Date is the Monthly Contract Anniversary immediately prior
to the 3, 5, 7 or 10 year anniversary of the start of the Accumulation Period,
the Accumulation Period may be up to 31 days shorter than the 3, 5, 7 or 10
years, respectively.
Although the Specified Interest Rate will continue to be credited as long as
Fund Value remains in an Accumulation Period of the Guaranteed Interest Account
with Market Value Adjustment prior to the Maturity Date of that Accumulation
Period, surrenders or transfers (including transfers to the Loan Account as a
result of a request by the Owner for a Loan) will be subject to a Market Value
Adjustment, as described below. Market Value Adjustments do not apply upon
annuitization under Settlement Option 3 or 3A.
Market Value Adjustments do not apply for partial or full surrenders or
transfers requested within 30 days before the end of the Accumulation Period,
nor to any benefits paid upon the death of the Annuitant. The Market Value
Adjustment does apply to benefits paid upon death of the Owner. Market Value
Adjustments also do not apply to Contracts issued in Maryland, Massachusetts,
New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Texas and
Washington. In addition, Contracts issued in these states must maintain a
minimum Fund Value balance of $2,500 in the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment when an allocation to this account is chosen.
GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT WITH MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
The Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment is a part of the
Company's General Account which consists of all the Company's assets other than
assets allocated to segregated investment accounts of the Company, including
MONY America Variable Account A.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT -- An amount added to or deducted from the amount
surrendered or transferred from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment for contracts issued in certain states.
ACCUMULATION PERIOD -- Currently 3, 5, 7 and 10 years. The Accumulation Period
starts on the Business Day that falls on, or next follows the date the Purchase
Payment is transferred into the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment and ends on the monthly Contract anniversary immediately prior to
the last day of that Accumulation Period. (THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD IS LIMITED
TO ONE YEAR FOR CONTRACTS ISSUED IN MARYLAND, THE COMMONWEALTH OF
MASSACHUSETTS, NEW JERSEY, OKLAHOMA, OREGON, THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA,
SOUTH CAROLINA, TEXAS AND WASHINGTON.)
CONTRACT YEAR -- Any period of twelve (12) months commencing with the Effective
Date and each Contract Anniversary thereafter.
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY -- An anniversary of the Effective Date of the Contract.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALLOCATIONS TO THE GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT WITH MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
There are three sources from which allocations to the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment may be made:
(1) an initial Purchase Payment made under a Contract may be wholly or
partially allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment;
(2) a subsequent or additional Purchase Payment made under a Con tract may be
partially or wholly allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment; and
(3) amounts transferred from Subaccounts available under the Con tract may be
wholly or partially allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment.
There is no minimum amount of any allocation of either Purchase Payments or
transfers of Fund Value to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment. The one (1) year Accumulation Period (which is limited to certain
states in which there is no Market Value Adjustment), requires the Guaranteed
Interest Account to have a minimum Fund Value of $2,500 when an allocation to
said account is chosen.
SPECIFIED INTEREST RATES AND THE
ACCUMULATION PERIODS
SPECIFIED INTEREST RATES
The Specified Interest Rate, at any given time, is the rate of interest
guaranteed by the Company to be credited to allocations made to the
22 Description of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Accumulation Period for the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment chosen by the Owner, so long as no portion of the allocation is
distributed for any reason prior to the Maturity Date of the Accumulation
Period. Different Specified Interest Rates may be established for the four
different Accumulation Periods which are currently available (3, 5, 7 and 10
years). (The Accumulation Period is limited to one year for Contracts issued in
Maryland, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon, the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Texas and Washington.)
The Company declares Specified Interest Rates for each of the available
Accumulation Periods from time to time. Normally, new Specified Interest Rates
will be declared monthly; however, depending on interest rate fluctuations,
declarations of new Specified Interest Rates may occur more or less frequently.
The Company observes no specific method in the establishment of the Specified
Interest Rates, but generally will attempt to declare Specified Interest Rates
which are related to interest rates associated with fixed-income investments
available at the time and having durations and cash flow attributes compatible
with the Accumulation Periods then available for the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment. In addition, the establishment of
Specified Interest Rates may be influenced by other factors, including
competitive considerations, administrative costs and general economic trends.
The Company has no way of predicting what Specified Interest Rates may be
declared in the future and there is no guarantee that the Specified Interest
Rate for any of the Accumulation Periods will exceed the guaranteed minimum
effective annual interest rate of 3.50%. Owners bear the risk that the
Specified Interest Rate will not exceed the guaranteed minimum rate.
The period of time during which a particular Specified Interest Rate is in
effect for new allocations to the then available Accumulation Periods is
referred to as the Investment Period. All allocations made to an Accumulation
Period during an Investment Period are credited with the Specified Interest
Rate in effect. An Investment Period ends only when a new Specified Interest
Rate relative to the Accumulation Period in question is declared. Subsequent
declarations of new Specified Interest Rates have no effect on allocations made
to Accumulation Periods during prior Investment Periods. All such prior
allocations will be credited with the Specified Interest Rate in effect when
the allocation was made for the duration of the Accumulation Period selected.
Information concerning the Specified Interest Rates in effect for the various
Accumulation Periods can be obtained by contacting an agent of the Company who
is also a registered representative of AXA Advisors, LLC or by calling the
following toll free telephone number: (800) 487-6669.
The Specified Interest Rate is credited on a daily basis to allocations made to
an Accumulation Period elected by the Owner, resulting in an annual effective
yield which is guaranteed by the Company, unless amounts are surrendered,
transferred or paid out on death of Annuitant from that Accumulation Period for
any reason prior to the Maturity Date for that Accumulation Period. The
Specified Interest Rate will be credited for the entire Accumulation Period. If
amounts are surrendered or transferred from the Accumulation Period for any
reason prior to the Maturity Date, a Market Value Adjustment will be applied to
the amount surrendered or transferred.
CREDITING OF INTEREST.
Any Net Purchase Payments you as Owner of the Contract allocate to the
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment will be credited with
interest at the rate declared by the Company. The Company guarantees that the
rate credited will not be less than 3.50% annually (0.0094%, compounded daily).
You bear the risk that we will not declare interest in excess of that 3.50%
rate. If you allocate Purchase Payments or transfer funds to the Guaranteed
Interest Account, you will choose between Accumulation Periods of 3, 5, 7, or
10 years for Contracts issued in most states. The Accumulation Period is
limited to one year for Contracts issued in Maryland, the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania,
South Carolina, Texas and Washington. Before the beginning of each calendar
month, the Company will declare interest rates for each period, if those rates
will be higher than the guaranteed rate. Each interest rate declared by the
Company will be applicable for all Net Purchase Payments received or transfers
from MONY America Variable Account A completed within the period during which
it is effective. Amounts you allocate to the Accumulation Period you select
will receive this interest rate for the entire Accumulation Period. Within 45
days, but not less than 15 days before the Accumulation Period expires, we will
notify you of the new rates we are then declaring. When the period expires you
can (1) elect a new Accumulation Period of 3, 5, 7, or 10 years (except in
certain states where the Accumulation Period is limited to a one year period)
or (2) you may elect to transfer the amounts allocated to the expiring
Accumulation Period to MONY America Variable Account A. If you make no
election, the entire amount allocated to the expiring Accumulation Period will
automatically be held for an Accumulation Period of the same length. If that
period will extend beyond the annuity starting date or if that period is no
longer offered, the money will be transferred into the Money Market subaccount.
ACCUMULATION PERIODS
For each Accumulation Period, the Specified Interest Rate in effect at the time
of the allocation to that Accumulation Period is guaranteed. An Accumulation
Period always ends on a Maturity Date, which is the Monthly Contract
Anniversary immediately prior to the 3, 5, 7 or 10 year anniversary of the
start of the Accumulation Period. Therefore, the Specified Interest Rate may be
credited for up to 31 days less than the full 3, 5, 7 or 10 years. (The
Accumulation Period is limited to one year for Contracts issued in Maryland,
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon, the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Texas and Washington.)
For example, if the Effective Date of a Contract is August 10, 2000 and an
allocation is made to a 10 year Accumulation Period on August 15, 2000 and the
funds for a new Purchase Payment are received on that day, the Accumulation
Period will begin on August 15, 2000 and end on August 10, 2010, during which
period the Specified Interest Rate will be credited.
All Accumulation Periods for the 3, 5, 7, and 10 year Accumulation Periods,
respectively, will be determined in a manner consistent with the foregoing
example.
Description of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment 23
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
END OF ACCUMULATION PERIODS
At least fifteen days and at most forty-five days prior to the end of an
Accumulation Period, the Company will send notice to the Owner of the impending
Maturity Date. The notice will include the projected Fund Value held in the
Accumulation Period on the Maturity Date and will specify the various options
Owners may exercise with respect to the Accumulation Period:
(1) During the thirty-day period before the Maturity Date, the Owner may wholly
or partially surrender the Fund Value held in that Accumulation Period
without a Market Value Adjustment; however, Surrender Charges under the
Contract, if applicable, will be assessed.
(2) During the thirty-day period before the Maturity Date, the Owner may wholly
or partially transfer the Fund Value held in that Accumulation Period,
without a Market Value Adjustment, to any Subaccount then available under
the Contract or may elect that the Fund Value held in that Accumulation
Period be held for an additional Accumulation Period of the same number of
years or for another Accumulation Period of a different number of years
which may at the time be available. A confirmation of any such transfer or
election will be sent immediately after the transfer or election is
processed.
(3) If the Owner does not make an election within thirty days follow ing the
Maturity Date, the entire Fund Value held in the maturing Accumulation
Period will be transferred to an Accumulation Period of the same number of
years as the Accumulation Period which matured. The start of the new
Accumulation Period is the ending date of the previous Accumulation Period.
However, if that period would extend beyond the Annuity Starting Date of
the Contract or if that period is not then made available by the Company,
the Fund Value held in the maturing Accumulation Period will be
automatically transferred to the Money Market Subaccount at the end of the
Maturity Period. A confirmation will be sent immediately after the
automatic transfer is executed.
During the thirty day period following the Maturity Date, and prior to any of
the transactions set forth in (1), (2), or (3) above, the Specified Value held
in the maturing Accumulation Period will continue to be credited with the
Specified Interest Rate in effect before the Maturity Date.
SURRENDERS, TRANSFERS OR LOANS
When you as Owner request that Contract Fund Value from the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment be transferred to MONY America Variable
Account A, surrendered, loaned to you, or used to pay any charge imposed in
accordance with the Contract, you should tell the Company the source by
interest rate Accumulation Period of amounts you request be transferred,
surrendered, loaned, or used to pay charges. We will not process the surrender
unless you tell us the source by interest rate Accumulation Period to use. If
you do not specify an Accumulation Period, your transaction will be processed
using the Accumulation Periods in the order in which money was most recently
allocated.
THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
GENERAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE MVA
A surrender or transfer (including a transfer to the Loan Account as a result
of a request by the Owner for a Loan) from the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment prior to the Maturity Date of that particular
Accumulation Period, will be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. A Market
Value Adjustment will not apply upon annuitization under Settlement Option 3 or
3A, or upon payment of a death benefit. The Market Value Adjustment is
determined by the multiplication of an MVA Factor by the Specified Value, or
the portion of the Specified Value being surrendered or transferred (including
transfers for the purpose of obtaining a Loan). The Specified Value is the
amount of the allocation of Purchase Payments and transfers of Fund Value to an
Accumulation Period of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment, plus interest accrued at the Specified Interest Rate minus prior
distributions. The Market Value Adjustment may either increase or decrease the
amount of the distribution. It will not apply to requests for transfer or full
or partial surrenders received at our administrative office within 30 days
before the end of the applicable Accumulation Period.
The Market Value Adjustment is intended to approximate, without duplicating,
the experience of the Company when it liquidates assets in order to satisfy
contractual obligations. Such obligations arise when Owners request surrenders
or transfers (including transfers for the purpose of obtaining a Loan). When
liquidating assets, the Company may realize either a gain or a loss.
A market value adjustment can increase or decrease the amounts surrendered or
transferred from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment
depending on current interest rate fluctuations.
If prevailing interest rates are higher at the time of a surrender or transfer
(including transfers for the purpose of obtaining a Loan) than the Specified
Interest Rate in effect at the time the Accumulation Period commences, the
Company will realize a loss when it liquidates assets in order to process a
surrender or transfer (including transfers for the purpose of obtaining a
Loan); therefore, application of the Market Value Adjustment under such
circumstances will decrease the amount of the surrender or transfer (including
transfers for the purpose of obtaining a Loan).
Generally, if prevailing interest rates are lower than the Specified Interest
Rate in effect at the time the Accumulation Period commences, the Company will
realize a gain when it liquidates assets in order to process a surrender or
transfer (including transfers for the purpose of obtaining a Loan); therefore,
application of the MVA under such circumstances will generally increase the
amount of the surrender or transfer (including transfers for the purpose of
obtaining a Loan).
The Company measures the relationship between prevailing interest rates and the
Specified Interest Rates it declares through the MVA Factor. The MVA Factor is
described more fully below.
THE MVA FACTOR
The formula for determining the MVA Factor is:
[(1+a)/(1+b)]((n-t)/12) - 1
24 Description of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Where:
a = the Specified Interest Rate for the Accumulation Period from which
the surrender, transfer or loan is to be taken;
b = the Specified Interest Rate declared at the time a surrender or
transfer is requested for an Accumulation Period equal to the time
remaining in the Accumulation Period from which the surrender or
transfer (including transfer to the Loan Account as a result of a
request by the Owner for a Loan) is requested, plus 0.25%;
n = the Accumulation Period from which the surrender or trans fer occurs
in months; and
t = the number of elapsed months (or portion thereof) in the
Accumulation Period from which the surrender or transfer occurs.
If an Accumulation Period equal to the time remaining is not issued by the
Company, the rate will be an interpolation between two available Accumulation
Periods. If two such Accumulation Periods are not available, we will use the
rate for the next available Accumulation Period.
If the Company is no longer declaring rates on new payments, we will use
Treasury yields adjusted for investment risk as the basis for the Market Value
Adjustment.
The MVA Factor shown above also accounts for some of the administrative and
processing expenses incurred when fixed-interest investments are liquidated.
This is represented in the addition of 0.25% in the MVA Factor.
The MVA Factor will be multiplied by that portion of the Specified Value being
surrendered, transferred, or distributed for any other reason. If the result is
greater than zero, a gain will be realized by the Owner; if less than zero, a
loss will be realized. If the MVA Factor is exactly zero, no gain or loss will
be realized by the Owner.
INVESTMENTS
Amounts allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment are transferred to the General Account of the Company. Amounts
allocated to the General Account of the Company are subject to the liabilities
arising from the business the Company conducts. This is unlike amounts
allocated to the Subaccounts of MONY America Variable Account A, which are not
subject to the liabilities arising from the business the Company conducts.
The Company has sole investment discretion over the investment of the assets of
the General Account. We will invest these amounts primarily in investment-grade
fixed income securities including: securities issued by the U.S. Government or
its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by
the U.S. Government; debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time
of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by Moody's Investor
Services, Inc., Standard & Poor's Corporation, or any other nationally
recognized rating service; mortgage-backed securities collateralized by real
estate mortgage loans or securities collateralized by other assets, that are
insured or guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association, the
Federal National Home Mortgage Association, or the Government National Mortgage
Association, or that have an investment grade at the time of purchase within
the four highest grades described above; commercial and agricultural mortgage
loans; other debt instruments; commercial paper; cash or cash equivalents.
Variable annuity Owners having allocated amounts to a particular Accumulation
Period of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment will not
have a direct or indirect interest in these investments, nor will they have a
claim against any particular assets of the Company. The overall investment
performance of the General Account will not increase or decrease their claim
against the Company.
There is no specific formula for establishing Specified Interest Rates. The
Specified Interest Rates declared by the Company for the various Accumulation
Periods will not necessarily correspond to the performance of any group of
assets of the General Account. We will consider certain factors in determining
these rates, such as regulatory and tax environment, sales commissions,
administrative expenses borne by us, and competitive factors. The Company's
management will make the final determination of these rates. However, the
Specified Interest Rate will never be less than 3.50%.
Description of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment 25
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
6. Surrenders
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Owner may elect to make a surrender of all or part of the Contract's Fund
Value provided it is:
o on or before the annuity payments start, and
o during the lifetime of the Annuitant.
Any such election shall specify the amount of the surrender. The surrender will
be effective on the date a proper written request is received by the Company at
its Operations Center.
The amount of the surrender may be equal to the Contract's Cash Value, which is
its Fund Value less:
(1) any applicable surrender charge, and
(2) any applicable Market Value Adjustment.
The surrender may also be for a lesser amount (a "partial surrender").
Requested partial surrenders that would leave a Cash Value of less than $1,000
are treated and processed as a full surrender. In such case, the entire Cash
Value will be paid to the Owner. For a partial surrender, any surrender charge
or any applicable Market Value Adjustment will be in addition to the amount
requested by the Owner. A partial surrender may reduce your death benefit
proportionately by the same percentage that the surrender (including any
surrender charge and any market value adjustment, if applicable) reduced Fund
Value.
A surrender will result in the cancellation of units of the particular
subaccounts and the withdrawal of amounts credited to the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment Accumulation Periods as chosen by the
Owner. The aggregate value of the surrender will be equal to the dollar amount
of the surrender plus, if applicable, any surrender charge and any applicable
Market Value Adjustment. For a partial surrender, the Company will cancel units
of the particular subaccounts and withdraw amounts from the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment Accumulation Period under the allocation
specified by the Owner. The unit value will be calculated as of the end of the
Business Day the surrender request is received. The Owner can specify partial
surrender allocations by either amount or percentage. Allocations by percentage
must be in whole percentages (totaling 100%). The minimum percentage of
allocation for a partial surrender is 10% of any subaccount or Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment designated by the Owner. The
request will not be accepted if:
o there is insufficient Fund Value in the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment or a subaccount to provide for the requested
allocation against it, or
o the request is incomplete or incorrect.
Any surrender charge will be allocated against the Guaranteed Interest Account
with Market Value Adjustment and each subaccount in the same proportion that
each allocation bears to the total amount of the partial surrender. Contracts
issued in Maryland, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma,
Oregon, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Texas and Washington
must maintain a minimum Fund Value in the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment of $2,500.
The amount of any surrender, death benefit, or transfer payable from MONY
America Variable Account A amount will be paid in accordance with the
requirements of the 1940 Act. However, the Company may be permitted to postpone
such payment under the 1940 Act. Postponement is currently permissible only for
any period during which:
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or
(2) trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted as determined by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or
(3) an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of securities held by the
Fund is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
determine the value of the net assets of the Fund.
Any surrender involving payment from amounts credited to the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment may be postponed, at the option
of the Company, for up to 6 months from the date the request for a surrender is
received by the company. Surrenders involving payment from the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment may in certain circumstances and
in certain states also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, in addition to
a surrender charge. The Owner may elect to have the amount of a surrender
settled under one of the settlement options of the Contract. (See "Annuity
provisions".)
Contracts offered by this prospectus may be issued in connection with
retirement plans meeting the requirements of certain sections of the Internal
Revenue Code. Owners should refer to the terms of their particular retirement
plan for any limitations or restrictions on cash surrenders.
The tax results of a cash surrender should be carefully considered. (See
"Federal tax status".)
Please note: If mandated under applicable law, we may be required to reject a
Purchase Payment. In addition, we may also be required to block an Owner's
account and thereby refuse to honor any request for transfers, partial
surrenders, loans or death benefits until instructions are secured from the
appropriate regulator. We may also be required to provide additional
information about your account to government regulators.
26 Surrenders
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
7. Loans
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Qualified Contracts issued under an Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) plan
will have a loan provision (except in the case of Contracts issued in Vermont)
under which a loan can be taken using the Contract as collateral for the loan.
All of the following conditions apply in order for the amount to be considered
a loan, rather than a (taxable) partial surrender:
o The term of the loan must be 5 years or less.
o Repayments are required at least quarterly and must be substantially level.
o The loan amount is limited to certain dollar amounts as specified by the
IRS.
The Owner (Plan Trustee) must certify that these conditions are
satisfied.
In any event, the maximum outstanding loan on a Contract is 50% of the Fund
Value in the subaccounts and/or the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment. Loans are not permitted before the end of the right to return
contract period. In requesting a loan, the Owner must specify the subaccounts
from which Fund Value equal to the amount of the loan requested will be taken.
Loans from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment are not
taken until Fund Value in the subaccounts is exhausted. If in order to provide
the Owner with the amount of the loan requested, and Fund Values must be taken
from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment, then the
Owner must specify the Accumulation Periods from which Fund Values equal to
such amount will be taken. If the Owner fails to specify subaccounts and
Accumulation Periods, the request for a loan will be returned to the Owner.
Values are transferred to a loan account that earns interest at an annual rate
of 3.50%. The annual loan interest rate charged on outstanding loans will be 6%
in arrears. Any interest not paid when due will be added to the loan and bear
interest at the 6% annual rate.
Loan repayments must be specifically earmarked as loan repayment and will be
allocated to the subaccounts and/or the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment using the most recent payment allocation on record. Otherwise,
we will treat the payment as a Net Purchase Payment.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOAN -- Available under a Contract issued under Section 401(k) of the Code;
subject to availability. To be considered a Loan: (1) the term must be no more
than five years, (2) repayments must be at least quarterly and substantially
level, and (3) the amount is limited to dollar amounts specified by the Code,
not to exceed 50% of the Fund Value.
LOAN ACCOUNT -- A part of the General Account where Fund Value is held as
collateral for a loan. An Owner may transfer Fund Value in the Subaccounts,
and/or Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment to the Loan
Account.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loans 27
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
8. Death benefit
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFIT PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACT
The Company will pay a death benefit to the Beneficiary if
(1) the Annuitant dies, and
(2) the death occurs before the annuity payments start.
If there are funds allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment at the time of death, any applicable market value adjustment
will be waived. If the death of the Annuitant occurs on or after the annuity
payments start, no death benefit will be payable except as may be provided
under the settlement option elected.
The death benefit depends upon the benefit option package in effect on the date
the Annuitant dies. You may not change benefit option packages once you select
an option. For the chart relating to the death benefit under Contracts issued
in the State of Washington, see Appendix A.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 Option 2 Option 3**
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The greater of: The greatest of: The greatest of:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The Fund Value less any (1) The Fund Value less any (1) The Fund Value less any
outstanding debt on the date due outstanding debt on the date due outstanding debt on the date due
proof of the Annuitant's death is proof of the Annuitant's death is proof of the Annuitant's death is
received by the Company received by the Company received by the Company
or or or
(2) The Purchase Payments paid, (2) The Purchase Payments paid, (2) The Purchase Payments paid,
reduced proportionately by each reduced proportionately by each reduced proportionately by each
partial surrender (reflecting any partial surrender (reflecting partial surrender (reflecting any
Market Value Adjustment and any any Market Value Adjustment and Market Value Adjustment and any
surrender charge) and less any any surrender charge) and less surrender charge) and less any
outstanding debt * any outstanding debt * outstanding debt *
or or
(3) Step Up Value (see description (3) Step Up Value (see description below)
below).
or
(4) Roll Up Value (see description below).
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Plus: Plus:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings Increase Death Benefit (see Earnings Increase Death Benefit (see
"Earnings Increase Death Benefit" "Earnings Increase Death Benefit"
section) section)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* In the calculation of the death benefit for each partial surrender, the
proportionate reduction is equal to the amount of that partial surrender
and any surrender charge and any market value adjustment divided by the
Fund Value immediately before that partial surrender, multiplied by the
Purchase Payments paid before that partial surrender. For certain Contracts
purchased prior to July 22, 2003, the death benefit is the greater of: (1)
The Fund Value less any outstanding debt on the date due proof of the
Annuitant's death is received by the Company, or (2) The Purchase Payments
paid, less any partial surrenders and their surrender charges minus any
outstanding debt, and plus or minus any market value adjustment.
** As of November 29, 2004, Option 3 was no longer available for new business.
28 Death benefit
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
In general, on the death of an Owner who is not the Annuitant, amounts must be
distributed from the Contract. (See "Provisions required by Section 72(s) of
the Code" later in this prospectus.) We will impose applicable surrender
charges. (See "Charges and deductions" later in this prospectus.)
STEP UP VALUE
On the first Contract Anniversary, the Step Up Value is equal to the Fund Value
of the Contract. Thereafter, on each subsequent Contract Anniversary prior to
the Annuitant's 81st birthday, the Step Up Value will be recalculated to equal
the greater of:
(1) the Fund Value on that Contract Anniversary; or
(2) the Step Up Value most recently calculated
o reduced proportionately* by any partial surrenders (includ ing
surrender charges and any applicable market value adjustments
assessed) since the last recalculation anniversary,
o plus any Purchase Payments made since the last recalcula tion
anniversary.
On each Contract Anniversary on or after the annuitant's 81st birthday, the
Step Up Value shall be equal to the step up value on the Contract Anniversary
preceding the annuitant's 81st birthday reduced proportionately by the same
percentage that any partial surrenders (including surrender charges and any
applicable market value adjustments assessed) reduced your Fund Value since
that Contract Anniversary plus any Purchase Payments made since that Contract
Anniversary.
The Step Up Value payable on death will be the Step Up Value on the Contract
Anniversary immediately preceding the death of the Annuitant (or Secondary
Annuitant, if any):
o reduced proportionately by any partial surrenders including surrender
charges and any applicable market value adjustments assessed since that
anniversary;
o plus any Purchase Payments made since that Contract Anniversary; and
o less any outstanding debt.
In no event will the Step Up Value payable on death exceed 200% of:
o the total Purchase Payments made reduced proportionately for each partial
surrender (including surrender charges and any applicable market value
adjustments assessed) and
o less any outstanding debt.
ROLL UP VALUE
The Roll Up Value will be calculated as follows. On each Contract Anniversary
prior to the Annuitant's 81st birthday, the Roll Up Value is the total of:
o Purchase Payments accumulated at an annual interest rate of 5% from the
date of the Purchase Payment to the date due proof of the Annuitant's death
is received by the Company but not beyond the most recent contract
anniversary prior to the Annuitant's 81st birthday;
o plus any Purchase Payments made after the most recent Contract Anniversary
prior to the Annuitant's 81st birthday but before the date due proof of
death is received by the Company;
o less partial surrenders (including surrender charges and any applicable
Market Value Adjustments) accumulated at an annual interest rate of 5% from
the date of the partial surrender to the date due proof of the Annuitant's
death is received by the Company but not beyond the most recent Contract
Anniversary prior to the Annuitant's 81st birthday; and
o less any partial surrenders made after the most recent Contract Anniversary
prior to the Annuitant's 81st birthday but before the date due proof of the
Annuitant's death is received by the Company.
On each Contract Anniversary on or after the Annuitant's 81st birthday, the
Roll Up Value shall be equal to the Roll Up Value on the Contract Anniversary
preceding the Annuitant's 81st birthday
o less any partial surrenders (including surrender charges and Market Value
Adjustments assessed) since that Contract Anniversary;
o plus any Purchase Payments made since that Contract Anniversary.
The Roll Up Value payable on death will be the Roll Up Value on the Contract
Anniversary immediately preceding the death of the Annuitant (or Secondary
Annuitant, if any)
o less any partial surrenders (including surrender charges and any applicable
market value adjustments assessed) since that Contract Anniversary;
o plus any Purchase Payments made since that Contract Anniversary, and
o less any outstanding debt.
In no event will the roll up value payable on death exceed 200% of:
o the total Purchase Payments made reduced proportionately by the same
percentage that any partial surrenders (including surrender charges and any
applicable Market Value Adjustments assessed) reduced your Fund Value and;
o less any outstanding debt.
EARNINGS INCREASE DEATH BENEFIT
If Option 2 or Option 3 was selected, an additional death benefit, called the
Earnings Increase Amount may be added to the applicable death benefit otherwise
payable under the Contract. The amount of the Earnings Increase Amount depends
upon the age of the Annuitant on the Contract's Effective Date.
If the Annuitant was age 69 or younger on the Contract's Effective Date, the
Earnings Increase Amount is equal to 40% of the lesser of:
- ----------------------
* In the calculations of Step Up Value, for each partial surrender, the
proportion ate reduction percentage is equal to the amount of that partial
surrender divided by the Fund Value immediately before the partial
surrender.
Death benefit 29
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
(1) Net Purchase Payments; or
(2) Fund Value minus Purchase Payments.
If the Annuitant was age 70 or older on the Contract's Effective Date, the
Earnings Increase Amount is equal to 25% of the lesser of:
(1) Net Purchase Payments; or
(2) Fund Value minus Purchase Payments.
The payments and values described in (1) and (2) above:
(a) do not include Purchase Payments made during the 12-month period
immediately prior to the date due proof of death is received by the
Company; and
(b) reflect any partial surrenders made including any applicable Market Value
Adjustment and any surrender charge, and are reduced by any outstanding
debt.
The Earnings Increase Amount is calculated as of the date due proof of death of
the Annuitant (or Secondary Annuitant) prior to the annuity starting date is
received by the Company.
There are important things you should consider before you select the earnings
increase death benefit. These include:
o The earnings increase death benefit does not guarantee that any amount will
be added to your death benefit when payable. You bear the investment risk
of investing in the subaccounts. Market declines may cause your Fund Value
to be less than your Net Purchase Payments. In that event, we will not pay
any amount under the Earnings Increase Death Benefit.
o Once you select the Earnings Increase Death Benefit, you cannot cancel it.
This means that regardless of any changes in your circumstances, or even if
the investment performance of the portfolios is such that the resulting
basic death benefit would be sufficient to meet your needs, we will
continue to assess the Earnings Increase Death Benefit charges.
o Please take advantage of the guidance of a qualified financial adviser in
evaluating the Earnings Increase Death Benefit option, as well as the other
aspects of the Contract.
ELECTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF ELECTION
The Owner may elect to have the death benefit of the Contract applied under one
of four settlement options to effect an annuity for the Beneficiary as payee
after the death of the Annuitant. The election must take place:
(1) during the lifetime of the Annuitant, and
(2) before the annuity payments start.
If no election of a settlement option for the death benefit is in effect on the
date when proceeds become payable, the Beneficiary may elect:
(1) to receive the death benefit in the form of a lump sum payment; or
(2) to have the death benefit applied under one of the settlement options.
(See "Settlement options".) If an election by the payee is not received by the
Company within one month following the date proceeds become payable, the payee
will be considered to have elected a lump sum payment. Either election
described above may be made by filing a written election with the Company in
such form as it may require. Any proper election of a method of settlement of
the death benefit by the Owner will become effective on the date it is signed.
However, any election will be subject to any payment made or action taken by
the Company before receipt of the notice at the Company's Operations Center.
Settlement option availability may be restricted by the terms of any applicable
retirement plan and any applicable legislation for any limitations or
restrictions on the election of a method of settlement and payment of the death
benefit.
PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS
If the death benefit proceeds are to be paid in cash to the Beneficiary,
payment will be made within seven (7) days of the date due proof of death of
the Annuitant is received.
The Company may be permitted to postpone such payment from amounts payable from
MONY America Variable Account A under the 1940 Act. If the death benefit is to
be paid in one sum to the successor Beneficiary, or to the estate of the
deceased Annuitant, payment will be made within seven (7) days of the date due
proof of the death of the Annuitant and the Beneficiary is received by the
Company. Unless another election is made, the death benefit proceeds will be
transferred to an interest bearing checking account. The Beneficiary may make
partial or full withdrawals from such account through a checkbook provided to
the Beneficiary.
30 Death benefit
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
9. Charges and deductions
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following table summarizes the charges and deductions under the Contract:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deductions from Purchase Payments
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tax charge Range for State and local premium tax -- 0% to 3.50%(1).
Federal -- Currently 0%
(Company reserves the right to charge in the future.)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Daily Deductions from MONY America Variable Account A
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortality & expense risk charge Option 1
Annual Rate deducted daily from average daily net assets Maximum daily rate -- 0.003836%
Option 1 -- Current annual rate is 1.20%. Maximum annual rate -- 1.40%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 2
Maximum daily rate -- 0.005342%
Option 2 -- Current annual rate is 1.70%. Maximum annual rate -- 1.95%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 3(2)
Maximum daily rate -- 0.007671%
Option 3 -- Current annual rate is 2.35%. Maximum annual rate -- 2.80%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deductions from Fund Value
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual contract charge Maximum annual contract charge
Option 1 -- Current charge is $30. Option 1 -- The annual contract charge may be increased to a maxi-
mum of $50 on 30 days written notice.
Option 2 -- Current charge is $0. Option 2 -- The annual contract charge may be increased to a maxi-
mum of $50 on 30 days written notice.
Option 3(2) -- Current charge is $0. Option 3(2) -- The annual contract charge may be increased to a
maximum of $50 on 30 days written notice.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transaction and other charges Maximum Transaction and Other Charges
Transfer charge
Option 1 -- Current charge is $0. Option 1 -- The Company has reserved the right to impose a charge
for each transfer which will not exceed $25.
Option 2 -- Current charge is $0. Option 2 -- The Company has reserved the right to impose a charge
for each transfer which will not exceed $25.
Option 3(2) -- Current charge is $0. Option 3(2) -- The Company has reserved the right to impose a
charge for each transfer which will not exceed $25.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Surrender charge
Grades from 7% to 0% of Fund Value surrendered based on a See grading schedule and "Charges and deductions -- Charges
schedule against fund value" for details of how it is computed.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loan interest spread 2.50%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Company currently assumes responsibility; current charge to Owner 0%.
(2) As of November 29, 2004, Option 3 was no longer available for new business.
The following provides additional details of the charges and deductions under
the Contract.
Please note that the amount of the charge may not necessarily correspond to the
costs associated with providing the services or benefits indicated by the
designation of the charge. For example, the surrender charge we collect may not
fully cover all of the sales and distribution expenses we actually incur. We
also may realize a profit on one or more of the charges. We may use such
profits for any corporate purpose, including the payment of sales expenses.
Charges and deductions 31
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
DEDUCTIONS FROM PURCHASE PAYMENTS
Deductions may be made from Purchase Payments for a charge for state and local
premium or similar taxes prior to allocation of any Net Purchase Payment among
the subaccounts. Currently, the Company makes no deduction, but may do so with
respect to future Purchase Payments. If the Company is going to make deductions
for such tax from future Purchase Payments, it will give notice to each
affected Owner.
CHARGES AGAINST FUND VALUE
DAILY DEDUCTION FROM MONY AMERICA VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE. The Company assumes mortality and expense
risks. A charge for assuming such risks is deducted daily from the net assets
of MONY America Variable Account A. The charge varies based on the benefit
option package selected.
Option 1 -- For Option 1, the daily mortality and expense risk charge from MONY
America Variable Account A is deducted at a current daily rate equivalent to an
annual rate of 1.20% from the value of the net assets of MONY America Variable
Account A. The rate is guaranteed not to exceed a daily rate equivalent to an
annual rate of 1.40% from the value of the net assets of MONY America Variable
Account A. The mortality and expense risk charge is deducted from MONY America
Variable Account A, and therefore the subaccounts, on each Business Day. Where
the previous day (or days) was not a Business Day, the deduction currently on
the next Business Day will be 0.003288% (guaranteed not to exceed 0.003836%)
multiplied by the number of days since the last Business Day.
Option 2 -- For Option 2, the daily mortality and expense risk charge from MONY
America Variable Account A is deducted at a current daily rate equivalent to an
annual rate of 1.70% from the value of the net assets of MONY America Variable
Account A. The rate is guaranteed not to exceed a daily rate equivalent to an
annual rate of 1.95% from the value of the net assets of MONY America Variable
Account A. The mortality and expense risk charge is deducted from MONY America
Variable Account A, and therefore the subaccounts, on each Business Day. Where
the previous day (or days) was not a Business Day, the deduction currently on
the next Business Day will be 0.004658% (guaranteed not to exceed 0.005342%)
multiplied by the number of days since the last Business Day.
Option 3 -- For Option 3, the daily mortality and expense risk charge from MONY
America Variable Account A is deducted at a current daily rate equivalent to an
annual rate of 2.35% from the value of the net assets of MONY America Variable
Account A. The rate is guaranteed not to exceed a daily rate equivalent to an
annual rate of 2.80% from the value of the net assets of MONY America Variable
Account A. The mortality and expense risk charge is deducted from MONY America
Variable Account A, and therefore the subaccounts, on each Business Day. Where
the previous day (or days) was not a Business Day, the deduction currently on
the next Business Day will be 0.006438% (guaranteed not to exceed 0.007671%)
multiplied by the number of days since the last Business Day.
The mortality risk assumed by the Company is that Annuitants may live for a
longer time than projected. If that occurs, an aggregate amount of annuity
benefits greater than that projected will be payable. In making this
projection, the Company has used the mortality rates from the 1983 Table "a"
(discrete functions without projections for future mortality), with 3.50%
interest. In addition, the Company also assumes risk in connection with the
Step-Up Value, Roll-Up Value and Earnings Increase Death Benefit. The expense
risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and administering the
Contracts will exceed the expense charges provided in the Contracts.
Mortality and expense risk charges which may be assessed under Contracts will
not be assessed against any allocation to the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment. Such charges apply only to the Fund Value allocated to
the Subaccounts.
If the amount of the mortality and expense risk charge exceeds the amount
needed, the excess will be kept by the Company in its General Account. If the
amount of the charge is inadequate, the Company will pay the difference out of
its General Account.
DEDUCTIONS FROM FUND VALUE
ANNUAL CONTRACT CHARGE. The Company has primary responsibility for the
administration of the Contract and MONY America Variable Account A. An annual
contract charge helps to reimburse the Company for administrative expenses
related to the maintenance of the Contract. Ordinary administrative expenses
expected to be incurred include premium collection, recordkeeping, processing
death benefit claims and surrenders, preparing and mailing reports, and
overhead costs. In addition, the Company expects to incur certain additional
administrative expenses in connection with the issuance of the Contract,
including the review of applications and the establishment of Contract records.
The Company intends to administer the Contract itself through an arrangement
whereby it may buy some administrative services from AXA Equitable and such
other sources as may be available.
The current amount of the annual contract charge depends upon the benefit
option package selected.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Contract Charge
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current charge is Current Charge is Current Charge is
$30. $ 0. $ 0.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The annual con- The annual con- The annual con-
tract charge may tract charge may tract charge may
be increased to a be increased to a be increased to a
maximum of $50. maximum of $50. maximum of $50.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Owner will receive a written notice 30 days in advance of any change in the
charge. Any applicable charge will be assessed once per year on the Contract
Anniversary, starting on the first Contract Anniversary.
If applicable, the annual contract charge is deducted from the Fund Value on
each Contract Anniversary before the date annuity payments start.
The amount of the charge will be allocated against the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment and each subaccount of MONY America
Variable Account A in the same proportion that the
32 Charges and deductions
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Fund Value in those accounts bears to the Fund Value of the Contract. The
Company does not expect to make any profit from the Annual Contract Charge.
TRANSFER CHARGE. Contract value may be transferred among the subaccounts or to
or from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment and one or
more of the subaccounts (including transfers made by telephone, facsimile or
via the web, if permitted by the Company). Although we currently do not charge
for transfers, the Company reserves the right to impose a transfer charge for
each transfer instructed by the Owner. The transfer charge compensates the
Company for the costs of effecting the transfer. The transfer charge will not
exceed $25. The Company does not expect to make a profit from the transfer
charge. If imposed, the transfer charge will be deducted from the Contract's
Fund Value held in the subaccount(s) or from the Guaranteed Interest Account
with Market Value Adjustment from which the first transfer is made.
SURRENDER CHARGE. A contingent deferred sales charge (called a "Surrender
Charge") will be imposed when a full or partial surrender is requested or at
the start of annuity benefits if it is during the first eight years of the
Contract.
The surrender charge will never exceed 7% of the total Fund Value. The
surrender charge is intended to reimburse the Company for expenses incurred in
distributing the Contract. To the extent such charge is insufficient to cover
all distribution costs, the Company will make up the difference. The Company
will use funds from its General Account, which may contain funds deducted from
MONY America Variable Account A to cover mortality and expense risks borne by
the Company. (See "Mortality and expense risk charge").
We impose a surrender charge when a full or partial surrender is made during
the first eight Contract Years, except as provided below.
A surrender charge will not be imposed:
(1) Against Fund Value surrendered after the eighth Contract Year.
(2) To the extent necessary to permit the Owner to obtain an amount equal to
the free partial surrender amount (See "Free partial surrender amount").
(3) If the Contract is surrendered after the third Contract Year and the
surrender proceeds are paid under either Settlement Option 3 or Settlement
Option 3A (See "Settlement options"). The elimination of a surrender charge
in this situation does not apply to Contracts issued in the State of Texas.
(4) Subject to approval within a state, if the Owner is confined in a Nursing
Home and the following conditions are met:
(a) At the time a request for a full or partial surrender is made, the
Company receives proof the Owner is currently confined to a Nursing
Home and has spent a period of 90 consecutive days in the Nursing
Home;
(b) the confinement must have been prescribed by a physician;
(c) the 90-day period must have started after the Contract's first
anniversary; and
(d) the Annuitant is between ages 0-75 at the time the Contract is issued.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NURSING HOME* -- A facility which
(a) is licensed by or legally operated in a state as a skilled or intermediate
care facility;
(b) provides 24 hour per day nursing care under the supervision of a reg
istered nurse to persons who do not require hospitalization but who do
require care above the level of room and board with assistance;
(c) is under the supervision of a physician; and
(d) maintains a daily clinical record of each patient in conformance with a
plan of care.
A nursing home does not include a hospital or a facility licensed only to offer
supervised or assisted room and board, rest care, care of the aged or treatment
of alcoholism, drug addictions or mental or nervous disorders.
*The definition of Nursing Home may vary by state.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In no event will the aggregate surrender charge exceed 7% of the Fund Value.
Further, in no event will the surrender charges imposed, when added to any
surrender charges previously paid on the Contract, exceed 9% of aggregate
Purchase Payments made to date for the Contract.
The Owner may specify whether he/she wants the surrender charge to be deducted
from the amount requested for surrender or the Fund Value remaining. If not
specified or if the Fund Value remaining is not sufficient, then the surrender
charge will be deducted from the amount requested for surrender. If it is
specified that the surrender charge will come from the remaining Fund Value and
it is sufficient, then the Company will determine the appropriate amount to be
surrendered in order to pay the surrender charge. Any surrender charge will be
allocated against the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment
and each subaccount of MONY America Variable Account A in the same proportion
that the amount of the partial surrender allocated against those accounts bears
to the total amount of the partial surrender.
If any surrender from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment occurs prior to the Maturity Date for any particular Accumulation
Period elected by the Owner, the amount surrendered will be subject to a Market
Value Adjustment in addition to Surrender Charges.
No surrender charge will be deducted from death benefits except as described in
"Death benefit".
If an existing The MONYMaster variable annuity contract issued by MONY Life
Insurance Company of America is exchanged for this Contract, a separate
effective date will be assigned to the Contract by endorsement for purposes of
determining the amount of any Surrender Charge. The surrender charge effective
date of this Contract with the endorsement will be the effective date of the
existing The MONYMaster variable annuity contract. Your agent can provide
further details. We reserve the right to disallow exchanges at any time.
AMOUNT OF SURRENDER CHARGE. The amount of the surrender charge is equal to a
varying percentage of Fund Value during the first 8 Contract
Charges and deductions 33
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Years. The surrender charge is determined by multiplying the surrender charge
percentage for the Contract Year by the amount of Fund Value requested as
follows:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Surrender Charge Percentage Table
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# of Contract Anniversaries Surrender Charge (as a % of
Since Effective Date Fund Value surrendered)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 7%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 (or more) 0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The amount of the surrender charge is in addition to any applicable Market
Value Adjustment that may be made if the surrender is made from Fund Value in
the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment. (See "Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment -- Surrenders" and the prospectus
for the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment which
accompanies this prospectus for further details.)
FREE PARTIAL SURRENDER AMOUNT. The surrender charge may be reduced by using the
free partial surrender amount provided for in the Contract. The surrender
charge will not be deducted in the following circumstances:
(1) For Qualified Contracts, (other than contracts issued for IRA and SEP-IRA),
an amount each Contract Year up to the greater of:
(a) $10,000 (but not more than the Contract's Fund Value), or
(b) 10% of the Contract's Fund Value at the beginning of the Contract Year
(except if the surrender is requested during the first Contract Year,
then 10% of the Contract's Fund Value at the time the first surrender
is requested).
(2) For Non-Qualified Contracts (and contracts issued for IRA and SEP-IRA), an
amount up to 10% of the Contract's Fund Value at the beginning of the
Contract Year (except if the surrender is requested during the first
Contract Year, then 10% of the Contract's Fund Value at the time the first
surrender is requested) may be received in each Contract Year without a
surrender charge.
Free partial surrenders may only be made to the extent Cash Value in the
subaccounts and/or Guaranteed Interest Account is available. For example, the
Fund Value in the MONY America Variable Account A could decrease (due to
unfavorable investment experience) after part of the 10% was withdrawn. In that
case it is possible that there may not be enough Cash Value to provide the
remaining part of the 10% free partial surrender amount.
Contract Fund Value here means the Fund Value in the subaccounts (and the
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment not the loan account).
This reduction of surrender charge does not affect any applicable Market Value
Adjustment that may be made if the surrender is made from Fund Value in the
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment. (See "Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment -- Surrenders" and the prospectus
for the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment which
accompanies this prospectus for further details.)
TAXES
Currently, no charge will be made against MONY America Variable Account A for
federal income taxes. However, the Company may make such a charge in the future
if income or gains within MONY America Variable Account A will incur any
federal income tax liability. Charges for other taxes, if any, attributable to
MONY America Variable Account A may also be made. (See "Federal tax status".)
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER FEES
Each portfolio in which MONY America Variable Account A invests incurs certain
fees and charges. To pay for these fees and charges, the portfolio makes
deductions from its assets. Certain portfolios available under the Contract in
turn invest in shares of other portfolios of AXA Premier VIP Trust and EQ
Advisors Trust and/or shares of unaffiliated portfolios (collectively the
"underlying portfolios"). The underlying portfolios each have their own fees
and expenses, including management fees, operating expenses, and investment
related expenses such as brokerage commissions. The portfolio expenses are
described more fully in each Fund prospectus.
We sell the Contracts through registered representatives of broker-dealers.
These registered representatives are also appointed and licensed as insurance
agents of the Company. We pay commissions to the broker-dealers for selling the
Contracts. You do not directly pay these commissions, we do. We intend to
recover commissions, marketing, administrative and other expenses and cost of
Contract benefits through the fees and charges imposed under the Contracts.
(See "Distribution of the Contracts" for more information.)
34 Charges and deductions
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
10. Annuity provisions
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUITY PAYMENTS
Annuity payments under a Contract will begin on the date that is selected by
the Owner when the Contract is applied for. The date chosen for the start of
annuity payments may be:
(1) no earlier than the 10th Contract Anniversary, and
(2) no later than the Contract Anniversary after the Annuitant's 95th birthday.
The minimum number of years from the Effective Date to the start of annuity
payments is 10. While the Annuitant is living, the date when annuity payments
start may be:
(1) Advanced to a date that is not earlier than the 10th Contract Anniversary.
(2) Deferred from time to time by the Owner by written notice to the Company.
The date when annuity payments start will be advanced or deferred if:
(1) Notice of the advance or deferral is received by the Company prior to the
current date for the start of annuity payments.
(2) The new start date for annuity payments is a date which is not later than
the Contract Anniversary after the Annuitant's 95th birthday.
The change will be effective as of the date we receive your written request at
our Operations Center. You do not need to return the Contract for us to make
the change unless we ask for it.
A particular retirement plan may contain other restrictions. For Contracts
issued in connection with retirement plans, reference should be made to the
terms of the particular retirement plan for any limitations or restrictions on
when annuity payments start.
When annuity payments start, unless Settlement Option 3 or 3A is elected, the
Contract's Cash Value, less any tax charge which may be imposed, will be
applied to provide an annuity or any other option previously chosen by the
owner and permitted by the Company. If Settlement Option 3 or 3A is elected,
the Contract's Fund Value (less any state taxes imposed upon annuitization)
will be applied to provide an annuity.
A supplementary contract will be issued. That contract will describe the terms
of the settlement. No payments may be requested under the Contract's surrender
provisions after annuity payments start. No surrender will be permitted except
as may be available under the settlement option elected.
GUARANTEED MINIMUM ANNUITY PAYMENTS*
Under Option 3, guaranteed minimum annuity payments are available. If certain
conditions are met, a guaranteed minimum value called the "Guaranteed
Annuitization Value" may be used to provide annuity payments that are greater
than the annuity payments that would be provided by the Fund Value described in
the Contract.
The Guaranteed Annuitization Value is:
o the sum of all Net Purchase Payments made, plus
o interest accumulated at an annual rate of 5% (interest is credited from the
date we receive the Purchase Payment to the Contract Anniversary prior to
the Annuitant's 81st birthday),
o reduced proportionately for each partial surrender including any surrender
charges and Market Value Adjustments, if applicable.
The Guaranteed Annuitization Value provides annuity payments based on the 1983
Table "a", Projection Scale "G" with 3% interest.
In no event can the Guaranteed Annuitization Value exceed 200% of:
o the Net Purchase Payments made reduced proportionately for each partial
surrender, including any surrender charges and any Market Value
Adjustments, if applicable, and
o less any outstanding debt.
To apply the Guaranteed Annuitization Value to provide annuity payments, the
following conditions must be met:
(1) The Contract must have been in force for at least 7 years.
(2) The Annuitant must have attained age 60.
(3) The annuitization must be elected within 30 days after a Contract
anniversary.
(4) Settlement Option 3 or 3A must be elected. (See "Settlement Options").
(5) The entire amount of Guaranteed Annuitization Value must be used to provide
annuity payments.
Once annuity payments provided by the Guaranteed Annuitization Value begin, no
withdrawals may be made.
The availability of guaranteed minimum annuity payments under Option 3 or 3A,
does not limit the Owner's right to start annuity payments using the Contract's
Cash Value or the Contract's Fund Value, as applicable, at any other time as
permitted under the Contract.
ELECTION AND CHANGE OF SETTLEMENT OPTION
Instead of being paid in a single sum, you may elect to receive any death or
surrender proceeds from the Contract in the form of a settlement option. During
the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to the start of annuity payments, the
Owner may elect
o one or more of the settlement options described below, or
- ----------------------
* Guaranteed minimum annuity payments are not available under Contracts
issued in the state of Washington.
Annuity provisions 35
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
o another settlement option as may be agreed to by the Company.
The Owner may also change any election while the Annuitant is living if written
notice of the change is received by the Company at its Operations Center prior
to the start of annuity payments. Depending upon when you purchased your
Contract, if no election is in effect on the Annuity Starting Date, either
Settlement Option 3 with a 10-year certain or a lump sum payment will be deemed
to have been elected. For contracts issued in the State of Texas, if no
election is in effect when annuity payments start, Settlement Option 3 with a
period certain of 10 years will be considered to have been elected.
Settlement options may also be elected by the Owner or the Beneficiary as
provided in the Death benefit and Surrender sections of this prospectus. (See
"Death benefit" and "Surrenders".)
Where applicable, reference should be made to the terms of a particular
retirement plan and any applicable legislation for any limitations or
restrictions on the options that may be elected.
SETTLEMENT OPTIONS
Proceeds settled under the settlement options listed below or otherwise
currently available will not participate in the investment experience of MONY
America Variable Account A. Unless you elect Settlement Option 1, you cannot
change settlement options once settlement payments begin.
SETTLEMENT OPTION 1 -- INTEREST INCOME: The Company holds the proceeds and
credits interest earned on the proceeds at a rate (not less than 2.75% per
year) set by the Company each year. This Option will continue until the earlier
of the date the payee dies or the date you elect another settlement option.
Under certain contracts, this option is not available if the Annuitant is the
payee.
SETTLEMENT OPTION 2 -- INCOME FOR SPECIFIED PERIOD: Fixed monthly payments for
a specified period of time, as elected. The payments may, at the Company's
option, be increased by additional interest each year.
SETTLEMENT OPTION 3 -- SINGLE LIFE INCOME: Payments for the life of the payee
and for a period certain. The period certain may be (a) 0 years, 10 years, or
20 years, or (b) the period required for the total income payments to equal the
proceeds (refund period certain). The amount of the income will be determined
by the Company on the date the proceeds become payable.
SETTLEMENT OPTION 3A -- JOINT LIFE INCOME: Payments during the joint lifetime
of the payee and one other person, and during the lifetime of the survivor. The
survivor's monthly income may be equal to either (a) the income payable during
the joint lifetime or (b) two-thirds of that income, depending on the election
made at the time of settlement. If the lesser (two-thirds) amount paid to the
survivor is elected, the dollar amount payable while both persons are living
will be larger than it would have been if the same amount paid to the survivor
had been elected. If a person for whom this option is chosen dies before the
first monthly payment is made, the survivor will receive proceeds instead under
Settlement Option 3, with 10 years certain.
SETTLEMENT OPTION 4 -- INCOME OF SPECIFIED AMOUNT: Income, of an amount chosen,
for as long as the proceeds and interest last. The amount chosen to be received
as income in each year may not be less than 10 percent of the proceeds settled.
Interest will be credited annually on the amount remaining unpaid at a rate
determined annually by the Company. This rate will not be less than 2.75% per
year.
The Contract contains annuity payment rates for Settlement Options 3 and 3A
described in this Prospectus. The rates show, for each $1,000 applied, the
dollar amount of the monthly fixed annuity payment, when this payment is based
on minimum guaranteed interest as described in the Contract.
The annuity payment rates may vary according to the settlement option elected
and the age of the payee. The mortality table used in determining the annuity
payment rates for Settlement Options 3 and 3A is the 1983 Table "a" (discrete
functions, without projections for future mortality), with 3.50% interest per
year.
Under Settlement Option 3, if income based on the period certain elected is the
same as the income provided by another available period or periods certain, the
Company will consider the election to have been made of the longest period
certain.
In Qualified Plans, settlement options available to Owners may be restricted by
the terms of the plans.
FREQUENCY OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS
At the time the settlement option is chosen, the payee may request that it be
paid:
o Quarterly;
o Semiannually; or
o Annually
If the payee does not request a particular installment payment schedule, the
payments will be made in monthly installments. However, if the net amount
available to apply under any settlement option is less than $1,000, the Company
has the right to pay such amount in one lump sum. In addition, if the payments
provided for would be less than $25, the Company shall have the right to change
the frequency of the payments to result in payments of at least $25.
ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
The Company may require proof of the age of the Annuitant before making any
life annuity payment under the Contract. If the Annuitant's age has been
misstated, the amount payable will be the amount that would have been provided
under the settlement option at the correct age. Once life income payments
begin, any underpayments will be made up in one sum with the next annuity
payment. Overpayments will be deducted from the future annuity payments until
the total is repaid.
The Contract may be required to be returned upon any settlement. Prior to any
settlement of a death claim, proof of the Annuitant's death must be submitted
to the Company.
Where any benefits under the Contract are contingent upon the recipient's being
alive on a given date, the Company requires proof satisfactory to it that such
condition has been met.
36 Annuity provisions
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
The Contracts described in this prospectus contain annuity payment rates that
distinguish between men and women. On July 6, 1983, the Supreme Court held in
Arizona Governing Committee v. Norris that optional annuity benefits provided
under an employer's deferred compensation plan could not, under Title VII of
the Civil Rights Act of 1964, vary between men and women on the basis of sex.
Because of this decision, the annuity payment rates that apply to Contracts
purchased under an employment-related insurance or benefit program may in some
cases not vary on the basis of the Annuitant's sex. Unisex rates to be provided
by the Company will apply for Qualified Plans.
Employers and employee organizations should consider, in consultation with
legal counsel, the impact of Norris, and Title VII, generally and any
comparable state laws that may apply, on any employment-related plan for which
a Contract may be purchased.
The Contract is incontestable from its date of issue.
GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT AT ANNUITIZATION
On the Annuity Starting Date, the Contract's Cash Value, including the Cash
Value of all Accumulation Periods of the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment, will be applied to provide an annuity or any other
option previously chosen by the Owner and permitted by the Company. No Market
Value Adjustment will apply at annuitization if the owner elects Settlement
Option 3 or 3A. For more information about annuitization and annuity options,
please refer to the Contract.
Annuity provisions 37
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
11. Other provisions
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OWNERSHIP
The Owner has all rights and may receive all benefits under the Contract.
During the lifetime of the Annuitant (and Secondary Annuitant if one has been
named), the Owner is the person so designated in the application, unless:
(1) A change in Owner is requested, or
(2) A Successor Owner becomes the Owner.
The Owner may name a Successor Owner or a new Owner at any time. If the Owner
dies, the Successor Owner, if living, becomes the Owner. Any request for change
must be:
(1) Made in writing, and
(2) Received at the Company.
The change will become effective as of the date the written request is signed.
A new choice of Owner or Successor Owner will apply to any payment made or
action taken by the Company after the request for the change is received.
Owners should consult a competent tax adviser prior to changing Owners.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUCCESSOR OWNER -- The living person who, at the death of the Owner, becomes
the new Owner.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROVISION REQUIRED BY SECTION 72(S) OF THE CODE
The interest under a Non-Qualified Contract must be distributed within five
years after the Owner's death if:
(1) The Owner dies before the start of annuity payments, and
(2) The Owner's spouse is not the Successor Owner as of the date of the Owner's
death.
Satisfactory proof of death must be provided to the Company.
This provision shall not extend the term of the Contract beyond the date when
death proceeds become payable.
The surrender proceeds may be paid over the life of the Successor Owner if:
(1) The Successor Owner is the Beneficiary, and
(2) The Successor Owner chooses that option.
Payments must begin no later than one year after the date of death. If the
Successor Owner is a surviving spouse, then the surviving spouse will be
treated as the new Owner of the Contract. Under such circumstances, it is not
necessary to surrender the Contract.
If the Owner dies on or after annuity payments start, any remaining portion of
the proceeds will be distributed using a method that is at least as quick as
the one used as of the date of the Owner's death.
PROVISION REQUIRED BY SECTION 401(A)(9) OF THE CODE
Congress has enacted a limited suspension of account-based required minimum
distribution withdrawals only for calendar year 2009. The suspension does not
apply to annuity payments. The suspension does not affect the determination of
the required beginning date. Neither lifetime nor post-death required minimum
distributions need to be made during 2009.
The entire interest of a Qualified Plan participant in the Contract generally
will begin to be distributed no later than the required beginning date. For
this purpose "Qualified Plans" include those intended to qualify under Sections
401 and 408 of the Code. Distribution will occur either by or beginning not
later than April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year the
Qualified Plan Participant attains age 70-1/2. The interest is distributed:
(1) Over the life of such Participant, or
(2) The lives of such Participant and designated Beneficiary.
If (i) required minimum distributions have begun, and (ii) the Participant dies
before the Owner's entire interest has been distributed to him/her, the
remaining distributions will be made using a method that is at least as rapid
as that used as of the date of the Participant's death. The Contract generally
will be surrendered as of the Participant's death if:
(1) The Participant dies before the start of such distributions, and
(2) There is no designated Beneficiary.
The surrender proceeds generally must be distributed within 5 years after the
date of death. But, the surrender proceeds may be paid over the life of any
designated Beneficiary at his/her option. In such case, distributions will
begin not later than one year after the December 31st following the
Participant's death. If the designated Beneficiary is the surviving spouse of
the Participant, distributions will begin not earlier than the December 31st
following the date on which the participant would have attained age 70-1/2. If
the surviving spouse dies before distributions to him/her begin, the provisions
of this paragraph shall be applied as if the surviving spouse were the
Participant. If the Qualified Plan is an IRA under Section 408 of the Code, the
surviving spouse may elect to forgo distribution and treat the IRA as his/her
own plan. Although the lifetime required minimum distribution rules do not
apply to Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code, the post-death distribution
rules apply.
It is the Owner's responsibility to assure that distribution rules imposed by
the Code will be met. The Owner should consider the effect of recent revisions
to the distribution rules which could increase the minimum distribution amount
required from annuity contracts funding Qualified Plans where certain
additional benefits are purchased under the Contract. For this purpose
additional annuity contract benefits may include, but are not limited to,
guaranteed minimum income benefits and enhanced death benefits. The Owner may
want to consult a tax advisor concerning the potential application of these
complex rules before purchasing this annuity Contract or purchasing additional
features under this annuity Contract.
38 Other provisions
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
SECONDARY ANNUITANT
Except where the Contract is issued in connection with a Qualified Plan, a
Secondary Annuitant may be designated by the Owner. Such designation may be
made only once before annuitization, either:
(1) In the application for the Contract, or
(2) After the Contract is issued, by written notice to the Company at its
Operations Center.
You cannot change the Secondary Annuitant, but you can delete the Secondary
Annuitant. The Secondary Annuitant may be deleted by written notice to the
Company at its Operations Center. A designation or deletion of a Secondary
Annuitant will take effect as of the date the written election was signed. The
Company, however, must first accept and record the change at its Operations
Center. The change will be subject to:
(1) Any payment made by the Company, or
(2) Action taken by the Company before the receipt of the notice at
the Company's Operations Center.
The Secondary Annuitant will be deleted from the Contract automatically by the
Company as of the Contract Anniversary following the Secondary Annuitant's 95th
birthday.
On the death of the Annuitant, the Secondary Annuitant will become the
Annuitant, under the following conditions:
(1) The death of the Annuitant must have occurred before the Annu ity Starting
Date;
(2) The Secondary Annuitant is living on the date of the Annuitant's death;
(3) If the Annuitant was the Owner on the date of death, the Succes sor Owner
must have been the Annuitant's spouse; and
(4) If the date annuity payments start is later than the Contract Anni versary
nearest the Secondary Annuitant's 95th birthday, the date annuity payments
start will be automatically advanced to that Contract Anniversary.
EFFECT OF SECONDARY ANNUITANT'S BECOMING THE ANNUITANT. If the Secondary
Annuitant becomes the Annuitant, the Death Benefit proceeds will be paid to the
Beneficiary only on the death of the Secondary Annuitant. If the Secondary
Annuitant was the Beneficiary on the Annuitant's death, the Beneficiary will be
automatically changed to the person who was the successor Beneficiary on the
date of death. If there was no successor Beneficiary, then the Secondary
Annuitant's executors or administrators, unless the Owner directed otherwise,
will become the Beneficiary. All other rights and benefits under the Contract
will continue in effect during the lifetime of the Secondary Annuitant as if
the Secondary Annuitant were the Annuitant.
ASSIGNMENT
The Owner may assign the Contract. However, the Company will not be bound by
any assignment until the assignment (or a copy) is received by the Company at
its Operations Center. The Company is not responsible for determining the
validity or effect of any assignment. The Company shall not be liable for any
payment or other settlement made by the Company before receipt of the
assignment.
If the Contract is issued under certain retirement plans, then it may not be
assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred except under conditions allowed
under applicable law.
Because an assignment may be a taxable event, an Owner should consult a
competent tax advisor before assigning the Contract.
CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY
So long as the Annuitant is living, the Owner may change the Beneficiary or
successor Beneficiary. A change is made by submitting a written request to the
Company at its Operations Center. The form of the request must be acceptable to
the Company. The Contract need not be returned unless requested by the Company.
The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed. The Company
will not, however, be liable for any payment made or action taken before
receipt of the request at its Operations Center.
SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES
The Company may substitute shares of another mutual fund for shares of the
Funds already purchased or to be purchased in the future by Contract Purchase
Payments if:
(1) The shares of any portfolio of the Funds is no longer available for
investment by MONY America Variable Account A, or
(2) In the judgment of the Company's Board of Directors, further investment in
shares of one or more of the portfolios of the Funds is inappropriate based
on the purposes of the Contract.
The new portfolios may have higher fees and charges than the ones they
replaced, and not all portfolios may be available to all classes of contracts.
We will notify you before we substitute securities in any subaccount, and, to
the extent required by law, we will obtain prior approval from the Securities
and Exchange Commission and the Arizona Insurance Department. We also will
obtain any other required approvals. (See "Who is MONY Life Insurance Company
of America -- MONY America Variable Account A" for more information about
changes we may make to the subaccounts).
CHANGES TO CONTRACTS
The Company reserves the right, subject to compliance with laws that apply, to
unilaterally change your Contract in order to comply with any applicable laws
and regulations, including but not limited to changes in the Internal Revenue
Code, in Treasury regulations or in published rulings of the Internal Revenue
Service, ERISA and in Department of Labor regulations.
Any change in the Contract must be in writing and made by our authorized
officer. We will provide notice of any contract change.
CHANGE IN OPERATION OF MONY AMERICA VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
To the extent permitted by applicable law, MONY America Variable Account A (i)
may be operated as a management company under the 1940 Act,(ii) may be
deregistered under the 1940 Act in the event the
Other provisions 39
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
registration is no longer required, or (iii) may be combined with any of our
other MONY America separate accounts.
Deregistration of MONY America Variable Account A requires an order by the
Securities and Exchange Commission. If there is a change in the operation of
MONY America Variable Account A under this provision, the Company may make
appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the change and take such
other action as may be necessary and appropriate to effect the change.
40 Other provisions
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
12. Voting rights
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All of the assets held in the subaccounts of MONY America Variable Account A
will be invested in shares of the designated portfolios of the Funds. The
Company is the legal holder of these shares.
To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares of each of the
Funds held in MONY America Variable Account A (whether or not attributable to
Owners).
We will determine the number of votes which you have the right to cast by
applying your percentage interest in a subaccount to the total number of votes
attributable to that subaccount. In determining the number of votes, we will
recognize fractional shares.
We will vote portfolio shares of a class held in a subaccount for which we
received no timely instructions in proportion to the voting instructions which
we received for all contracts participating in that subaccount. We will apply
voting instructions to abstain on any item to be voted on a pro-rata basis to
reduce the number of votes eligible to be cast.
Whenever a Fund calls a shareholders meeting, each person having a voting
interest in a subaccount will receive proxy voting material, reports, and other
materials relating to the relevant portfolio. Since each Fund may engage in
shared funding, other persons or entities besides the Company may vote Fund
shares.
Voting rights 41
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
13. Distribution of the Contracts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Contracts are distributed by both AXA Advisors, LLC ("AXA Advisors") and
AXA Distributors, LLC ("AXA Distributors") (together, the "Distributors"). The
Distributors serve as principal underwriters of the securities issued with
respect to MONY America Variable Account A.+ The offering of the Contracts is
intended to be continuous.
AXA Advisors, and AXA Distributors are affiliates of the Company and are
registered with the SEC as broker-dealers and are members of the Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ("FINRA"). The Distributors are under the
common control of AXA Financial, Inc. Their principal business address is 1290
Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10104. Both broker-dealers also act as
distributors for other of the Company's life and annuity products. As of June
6, 2005, registered representatives of MONY Securities Corporation became
registered representatives of AXA Advisors.
The Contracts are sold by financial professionals of AXA Advisors and its
affiliates. The Contracts are also sold by financial professionals of both
affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers that have entered into selling
agreements with the Distributors ("Selling broker-dealers").
The Company pays sales compensation to both Distributors. In general, the
Distributors will pay all or a portion of the sales compensation they receive
from the Company to individual financial professionals or Selling
broker-dealers. Selling broker-dealers will, in turn, pay all or a portion of
the compensation they receive from the Distributors to individual financial
professionals as commissions related to the sale of the Contracts.
Sales compensation paid by the Company to the Distributors will generally not
exceed 6.50% of the total Purchase Payments made under the Contracts, plus,
starting in the second Contract Year, up to 0.25% of the Fund Value of the
Contracts. The Distributors, in turn, may pay their financial professionals
and/or Selling broker-dealers either all or a portion of the sales compensation
that they receive. The sales compensation paid by the Distributors varies among
financial professionals and among Selling broker-dealers.
The Distributors may pay certain affiliated and/or unaffiliated Selling
broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries additional compensation in
recognition of certain expenses that may be incurred by them or on their
behalf. The Distributors may also pay certain broker-dealers or other financial
intermediaries additional compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and
other services (commonly referred to as "marketing allowances"). Services for
which such payments are made may include, but are not limited to, the preferred
placement of the Company and/or its products on a company and/or product list;
sales personnel training; product training; business reporting; technological
support; due diligence and related costs; advertising, marketing and related
services; conferences; and/or other support services, including some that may
benefit the contract owner. Payments may be based on the amount of assets or
Purchase Payments attributable to Contracts sold through a Selling
broker-dealer or such payments may be a fixed amount. The Distributors may also
make fixed payments to Selling broker-dealers in connection with the initiation
of a new relationship or the introduction of a new product. These payments may
serve as an incentive for Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the
Company's products. Additionally, as an incentive for financial professionals
of Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of particular products, the
Distributors may increase the sales compensation paid to the Selling
broker-dealer for a period of time (commonly referred to as "compensation
enhancements"). Marketing allowances and sales incentives are made out of the
Distributors' assets. Not all Selling broker-dealers receive these kinds of
payments. For more information about any such arrangements, ask your financial
professional.
The Distributors receive 12b-1 fees from certain portfolios for providing
certain distribution and/or shareholder support services. The Distributors or
their affiliates may also receive payments from the advisers of the portfolios
or their affiliates to help defray expenses for sales meetings or seminar
sponsorships that may relate to the Contracts and/or the advisers' respective
portfolios. In connection with portfolios offered through unaffiliated
insurance trusts, the Distributors or their affiliates may also receive other
payments from the advisers of the portfolios or their affiliates for providing
distribution, administrative and/or shareholder support services.
In an effort to promote the sale of the Company's products, AXA Advisors may
provide its financial professionals and managerial personnel with a higher
percentage of sales commissions and/or cash compensation for the sale of an
affiliated variable product than it would the sale of an unaffiliated product.
Such practice is known as providing "differential compensation." In addition,
managerial personnel may receive expense reimbursements, marketing allowances
and commission-based payments known as "overrides." Certain components of the
compensation of financial professionals who are managers are based on the sale
of affiliated variable products. Managers earn higher compensation (and credits
toward awards and bonuses) if those they manage sell more affiliated variable
products. AXA Advisors may provide other forms of compensation to its financial
professionals including health and retirement benefits. For tax reasons, AXA
Advisors financial professionals qualify for health and retirement benefits
based solely on their sales of our affiliated products.
These payments and differential compensation (together, the "payments") can
vary in amount based on the applicable product and/or entity or individual
involved. As with any incentive, such payments may cause the financial
professional to show preference in recommending the purchase or sale of the
Company's products. However, under applicable rules of the FINRA, AXA Advisors
may only recommend to you products that they reasonably believe are suitable
for you based on
- ----------------------
+ Prior to June 6, 2005, MONY Securities Corporation served as both the
distributor and principal underwriter of the Contracts.
42 Distribution of the Contracts
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
facts that you have disclosed as to your other security holdings, financial
situation and needs. In making any recommendation, financial professionals of
AXA Advisors may nonetheless face conflicts of interest because of the
differences in compensation from one product category to another, and because
of differences in compensation between products in the same category.
In addition, AXA Advisors may offer sales incentive programs to financial
professionals who meet specified production levels for the sale of both
affiliated and unaffiliated products, which provide non-cash compensation such
as stock options awards and/or stock appreciation rights, expense-paid trips,
expense-paid educational seminars and merchandise.
Although the Company takes all of its costs into account in establishing the
level of fees and expenses in its products, any sales compensation paid by the
Company to the Distributors will not result in any separate charge to you under
your Contract. All payments made will be in compliance with all applicable
FINRA rules and other laws and regulations.
Distribution of the Contracts 43
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
14. Federal tax status
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTRODUCTION
The Contract described in this prospectus is designed for use in connection
with Qualified Plans and on a nonqualified basis. The ultimate effect of
federal income taxes on:
o the value of the Contract's Fund Value,
o annuity payments,
o death benefit, and
o economic benefit to the Owner, Annuitant, and the Beneficiary
may depend upon
o the type of retirement plan for which the Contract is purchased, and
o the tax and employment status of the individual concerned.
The following discussion of the treatment of the Contract and of the Company
under the federal income tax laws is general in nature. The discussion is based
on the Company's understanding of current federal income tax laws, and is not
intended as tax advice. These federal income tax laws may change without
notice. We cannot predict whether, when, or how these rules could change. Any
change could affect contracts purchased before the change. Congress may also
consider proposals in the future to comprehensively reform or overhaul the
United States tax and retirement systems, which if enacted, could affect the
tax benefits of a contract. We cannot predict what, if any, legislation will
actually be proposed or enacted. Any person considering the purchase of a
contract should consult a qualified tax adviser. Additional information on the
treatment of the Contract under federal income tax laws is contained in the
Statement of Additional Information. The Company does not make any guarantee
regarding any tax status, federal, state, or local, of any contract or any
transaction involving the Contract.
TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL
The Contract described in this prospectus is designed for use in connection
with Qualified Plans and on a nonqualified basis. All or a portion of the
contributions to such plans will be used to make Purchase Payments under the
Contract. In general, contributions to Qualified Plans and income earned on
contributions to all plans are tax-deferred until distributed to plan
participants or their beneficiaries. Such tax deferral is not, however,
available for Non-Qualified Contracts if the Owner is other than a natural
person unless the contract is held as an agent for a natural person. Annuity
payments made under a contract are generally taxable to the Annuitant as
ordinary income except to the extent of:
o participant after-tax contributions (in the case of Qualified Plans), or
o owner contributions (in the case of Non-Qualified Contracts).
Owners, Annuitants, and Beneficiaries should seek advice from their own tax
advisers about the tax consequences of distributions, withdrawals and payments
under Non-Qualified Contracts and under any Qualified Plan in connection with
which the Contract is purchased. For Qualified Contracts, among other things
individuals should discuss with their tax advisers are the "required minimum
distribution rules" which generally require distributions to be made after age
70-1/2 and after death, including requirements applicable to the calculation of
such required distributions from annuity contracts funding Qualified Plans.
Federal tax law imposes requirements for determining the amount includable in
gross income with respect to distributions not received as an annuity.
Distributions include, but are not limited to, transfers, including gratuitous
transfers, and pledges of the contract are treated the same as distributions.
Distributions from all annuity contracts issued during any calendar year by the
same company (or an affiliate) to the Owner (other than those issued to
qualified retirement plans) in the same year will be treated as distributed
from one annuity contract. The IRS is given power to prescribe additional rules
to prevent avoidance of this rule through serial purchases of contracts or
otherwise. None of these rules affects Qualified Plans.
The Company will withhold and remit to the United States Government and, where
applicable, to state and local governments, part of the taxable portion of each
distribution made under a contract unless the Owner or Annuitant:
(1) Provides his or her taxpayer identification number to the Com pany, and
(2) Notifies the Company that he or she chooses not to have amounts withheld.
Distributions of plan benefits from qualified retirement plans, other than
traditional individual retirement arrangements ("traditional IRAs"), generally
will be subject to mandatory federal income tax withholding unless they are:
(1) Part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (at least
annually) for:
(a) the participant's life or life expectancy,
(b) the joint lives or life expectancies of the participant and his/her
beneficiary,
(c) or a period certain of not less than 10 years;
(2) Required minimum distributions (suspended for calendar year 2009 only); or
(3) Qualifying hardship distributions.
The withholding can be avoided if the participant's interest is directly rolled
over by the old plan to another eligible traditional retirement
44 Federal tax status
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
plan, including an IRA. A direct rollover to the new plan can be made only in
accordance with the terms of the old plan.
Under the generation skipping transfer tax, the Company may be liable for
payment of this tax under certain circumstances. In the event that the Company
determines that such liability exists, an amount necessary to pay the
generation skipping transfer tax may be subtracted from the death benefit
proceeds.
RETIREMENT PLANS
Aside from Contracts purchased on a non-qualified basis, the Contract described
in this prospectus currently is designed for use with the following types of
retirement plans:
(1) Pension and Profit Sharing Plans established by business employ ers and
certain associations, as permitted by Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the
Code, including those purchasers who would have been covered under the
rules governing H.R. 10 (Keogh) Plans;
(2) Individual Retirement Annuities permitted by Section 408(b) of the Code,
including Simplified Employee Pensions established by employers pursuant to
Section 408(k);
(3) Roth IRAs permitted by Section 408A of the Code; and
(4) Deferred compensation plans provided by certain governmental entities and
tax-exempt organizations under Section 457.
The tax rules applicable to participants in such retirement plans vary
according to the type of plan and its terms and conditions. Therefore, no
attempt is made here to provide more than general information about the use of
the Contract with the various types of retirement plans. Participants in such
plans as well as Owners, Annuitants, and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the
rights of any person to any benefits under these plans are subject to the terms
and conditions of the plans themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions
of the Contract. The Company will provide purchasers of Contracts used in
connection with Individual Retirement Annuities with such supplementary
information as may be required by the Internal Revenue Service or other
appropriate agency. Any person contemplating the purchase of a Contract should
consult a qualified tax adviser.
TAX TREATMENT OF THE COMPANY
Under existing federal income tax laws, the income of MONY America Variable
Account A, to the extent that it is applied to increase reserves under the
Contract, is substantially nontaxable to the Company.
Federal tax status 45
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
15. Additional information and incorporation of certain information by
reference
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For further information with respect to the Company and the Contracts offered
by this prospectus, including the Statement of Additional Information (which
includes applicable financial statements), Owners and prospective investors may
also contact the Company at its address or phone number set forth on the cover
of this prospectus for requesting such statement. The Statement of Additional
Information is available from the Company without charge.
The Company files reports and other information with the SEC, as required by
law. You may read and copy this information at the SEC's public reference
facilities at Room 1580, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, or by
accessing the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. The public may obtain information
on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330. Under the Securities Act of 1933, the Company has filed with
the SEC a registration statement relating to the Guaranteed Interest Account
with Market Value Adjustment (the "Registration Statement"). This prospectus
has been filed as part of the Registration Statement and does not contain all
of the information set forth in the Registration Statement.
The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008
is considered to be a part of this prospectus because it is incorporated by
reference.
After the date of this prospectus and before we terminate the offering of the
securities under the Registration Statement, all documents or reports we file
with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act") will be
considered to become part of this prospectus because they are incorporated by
reference.
Any statement contained in a document that is, or becomes part of this
prospectus, will be considered changed or replaced for purposes of this
prospectus if a statement contained in this prospectus changes or is replaced.
Any statement that is considered to be a part of this prospectus because of its
incorporation will be considered changed or replaced for the purpose of this
prospectus if a statement contained in any other subsequently filed document
that is considered to be part of this prospectus changes or replaces that
statement. After that, only the statement that is changed or replaced will be
considered to be part of this prospectus.
We file the Registration Statement and our Exchange Act documents and reports,
including our Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q,
electronically according to EDGAR under CIK No. 0000835357. The SEC maintains a
Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The
address of the site is www.sec.gov.
Upon written or oral request, we will provide, free of charge, to each person
to whom this prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all of the documents
considered to be part of this prospectus because they are incorporated herein.
In accordance with SEC rules, we will provide copies of any exhibits
specifically incorporated by reference into the text of the Exchange Act
reports (but not any other exhibits). Requests for documents should be directed
to MONY Life Insurance Company of America, 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New
York, New York 10104, Attention: Corporate Secretary (telephone: (212)
554-1234). You can access our website at www.axa-equitable.com.
46 Additional information and incorporation of certain information by
reference
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
16. Legal proceedings
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONY Life Insurance Company of America and its affiliates are parties to
various legal proceedings. In our view, none of these proceedings would be
considered material with respect to an Owner's interest in MONY America
Variable Account A, nor would any of these proceedings be likely to have a
material adverse effect upon MONY America Variable Account A, our ability to
meet our obligations under the contracts, or the distribution of the contracts.
Legal proceedings 47
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
17. Financial statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The audited financial statements of MONY America Variable Account A and the
Company are set forth in the Statement of Additional
Information.
These financial statements have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an
independent registered public accounting firm. The financial statements of the
Company should be considered only as bearing upon the ability of the Company to
meet its obligations under the Contracts. You should not consider the financial
statements of the Company as affecting investment performance of assets in the
Variable Account. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP also provides independent audit
services and certain other non-audit services to the Company as permitted by
the applicable SEC independence rules, and as disclosed in the Company's Form
10-K. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP's address is 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New
York 10017.
Our general obligations and any guaranteed benefits under the contract are
supported by MONY America's general account and are subject to claims paying
ability. For more information about the Company's financial strength, you may
review its financial statements and/or check its current rating with one or
more of the independent sources that rate insurance companies for their
financial strength and stability. Such ratings are subject to change and have
no bearing on the performance of the subaccounts. You may also speak with your
financial representative.
48 Financial statements
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Appendix A: Benefit option packages, table of fees, examples and charges and
deductions for contracts issued in the State of Washington
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT
BENEFIT OPTION PACKAGES
There are two benefit option packages under the Contract. Each benefit option
package is distinct. You select a benefit option package at the time of
application. Once a selection is made, you may not transfer from one benefit
option package to another.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 Option 2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortality and Current annual rate--1.20% Current annual rate--1.70%
expense risk charge Maximum annual rate--1.40% Maximum annual rate--1.95%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Death benefit on death of annuitant The greater of: The greatest of:
(1) The Fund Value less any (1) The Fund Value less any
outstanding debt on the date due outstanding debt on the date due
proof of the Annuitant's death is proof of the Annuitant's death is
received by the Company. received by the Company.
or or
(2) The Purchase Payments paid, (2) The Purchase Payments paid,
reduced proportionately by each reduced proportionately by each
partial surrender (reflecting any partial surrender (reflecting any
Market Value Adjustment and any Market Value Adjustment and any
surrender charge) and less any surrender charge) and less any
outstanding debt.* outstanding debt.*
or
(3) Step Up Value (See "Death
benefit")
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum initial Purchase Payment Qualified Contracts--The minimum Qualified Contracts--The minimum
Purchase Payment for qualified plans Purchase Payment for qualified plans
is the same for both options. (See is the same for both options. (See
"Detailed information about the "Detailed information about the
contract.") contract.")
Non-Qualified Contracts--$5,000 Non-Qualified Contracts--$10,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant Issue age Qualified Contracts--0-80 Qualified Contracts--0-79
Non-Qualified Contracts--0-80 Non-Qualified Contracts--0-79
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual contract charge Current charge is $30. Current charge is $0.
The annual contract charge may be
increased to a maximum of $30 on 30
days written notice.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* In the calculation of the death benefit, for each partial surrender, the
proportionate reduction is equal to the amount of that partial surrender
and any surrender charge and any Market Value Adjustment divided by the
Fund Value immediately before that partial surrender, multiplied by the
Purchase Payments paid before that partial surrender.
For certain Contracts purchased prior to July 22, 2003 , the death benefit
is greater of: (1) the Fund Value less any outstanding debt on the date due
proof of the Annuitant's death is received by the Company, or (2) the
Purchase Payments paid, less any partial surrenders and their surrender
charges, less any outstanding debt and plus or minus any Market Value
Adjustment.
Appendix A: Benefit option packages, table of fees, examples and charges and
deductions for contracts issued in the State of Washington A-1
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
FEE TABLES
The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when
buying, owning, and surrendering the Contract.
The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time
that you buy the Contract, surrender the Contract, or transfer fund value
between investment options. State premium taxes may also be deducted.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Owner Transaction Expenses:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum deferred sales load (surrender charge) 7.00%(1)
(as a percentage of Purchase Payments surrendered)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loan interest spread (effective annual rate) 2.50%(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum transfer charge $ 25(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The next table describes the fees and expense that you will pay periodically
during the time that you own the Contract, not including Fund portfolio company
fees and expenses.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum annual contract charge $ 30(4)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account annual Expenses:
(as a percentage of average annual Fund Value in the
Variable Account):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum mortality and expense risk fees 1.40%(5)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total separate account annual expenses 1.40%(5)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum mortality and expense risk fees 1.95%(6)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total separate account annual expenses 1.95%(6)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The surrender charge percentage, which reduces to zero, is determined under
a surrender charge schedule. (See "Deductions from fund value -- Amount of
surrender charge.")
The surrender charge may be reduced under certain circumstances which
include reduction in order to guarantee that certain amounts may be
received free of the surrender charge. (See "Deductions from fund value --
Free partial surrender amount.")
(2) The loan interest spread is the difference between the amount of interest
we charge on loans and the amount of interest we credit to amounts held in
the loan account to secure loans.
(3) The transfer charge currently is $0. However, the Company has reserved the
right to impose a charge for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in
a Contract Year, which will not exceed $25. (See "Deductions from fund
value -- Transfer charge.")
(4) The annual contract charge for Option 1 is currently $30. The annual
contract charge for Option 2 is currently $0. However, the Company may in
the future change the amount of the charge to an amount not exceeding $30
per Contract Year. (See "Deductions from fund value -- Annual contract
charge.")
(5) The mortality and expense risk charge is deducted daily equivalent to a
current annual rate of 1.20% (and is guaranteed not to exceed a daily rate
equivalent to an annual rate of 1.40%) from the value of the net assets of
MONY America Variable Account A.
(6) The mortality and expense risk charge is deducted daily equivalent to a
current annual rate of 1.70% (and is guaranteed not to exceed a daily rate
equivalent to an annual rate of 1.95%) from the value of the net assets of
MONY America Variable Account A.
The next item shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by
the portfolio companies for the year ended December 31, 2008. You may pay
portfolio company operating expenses periodically during the time that you own
the Contract. More detail concerning each Fund portfolio company's fees and
expenses is contained in the prospectus for each portfolio.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Annual Fund Portfolio
Operating Expenses: Minimum Maximum
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expenses that are deducted from portfolio company assets, including management fees, 0.39% 1.70%
distribution and/or services fees (12b-1 fees), and other expenses
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-2 Appendix A: Benefit option packages, table of fees, examples and charges
and deductions for contracts issued in the State of Washington
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the
Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include contract owner transaction expenses, contract fees, separate
account annual expense, and Fund fees and expenses for the year ended December
31, 2008.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Contract for the time
periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5%
return each year. The example assumes the minimum and maximum fees and expenses
of any of the Fund portfolios. Although your actual costs may be higher or
lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
1. a. If you surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time
period (assuming maximum fees and expenses of any of the Fund port
folios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $ 983 $1,612 $2,257 $3,685
Option 2 $1,034 $1,762 $2,502 $4,164
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. If you surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time
period (assuming minimum fees and expenses of any of the Fund port
folios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $860 $1,245 $1,645 $2,421
Option 2 $912 $1,401 $1,907 $2,973
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. a. If you do not surrender your Contract (assuming maximum fees and
expenses of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $343 $1,045 $1,769 $3,685
Option 2 $397 $1,204 $2,028 $4,164
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. If you do not surrender your Contract (assuming minimum fees and
expenses of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $212 $655 $1,124 $2,421
Option 2 $267 $820 $1,400 $2,973
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. a. If you annuitize your Contract and the proceeds are settled under
Settlement Options 3 or 3A (life income with annuity options) (assum
ing maximum fees and expenses of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $ 983 $1,045 $1,769 $3,685
Option 2 $1,034 $1,204 $2,028 $4,164
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. If you annuitize your Contract and the proceeds are settled under
Settlement Options 3 or 3A (life income with annuity options) (assum
ing minimum fees and expenses of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $860 $655 $1,124 $2,421
Option 2 $912 $820 $1,400 $2,973
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix A: Benefit option packages, table of fees, examples and charges and
deductions for contracts issued in the State of Washington A-3
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
If you annuitize your Contract and the proceeds are settled under Settlement
Options 1, 2 or 4 (annuity income without life contingencies) (assuming maximum
fees and expenses of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $ 983 $1,612 $2,257 $3,685
Option 2 $1,034 $1,762 $2,502 $4,164
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. If you annuitize your Contract and the proceeds are settled under
Settlement Options 1, 2 or 4 (annuity income without life contingen
cies) (assuming minimum fees and expenses of any of the Fund
portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 $860 $1,245 $1,645 $2,421
Option 2 $912 $1,401 $1,907 $2,973
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the purposes of the Fee Tables and the Example, we assume that the Contract
is owned during the accumulation period. (See "Charges and deductions"). On and
after the annuity starting date, different fees and charges will apply.
DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT
Payment and allocation of Purchase Payments
Issue ages
The issue ages for the two benefit option packages available under the Contract
vary as per the table below. The maximum issue age of the Annuitant for Option
1 is 85. The maximum issue age of the Annuitant for Option 2 is 79.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 Option 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuitant Issue Ages 0-85 0-79
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFIT
Death benefit provided by the contract
The death benefit depends upon the benefit option package in effect on the date
the Annuitant dies. You may not change benefit option packages once you select
an option.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 Option 2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The greater of: The greatest of:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The Fund Value less any outstanding debt on the date due (1) The Fund Value less any outstanding debt on the date due proof
proof of the Annuitant's death is received by the Company. of the Annuitant's death is received by the Company.
or or
(2) The Purchase Payments paid, reduced proportionately by (2) The Purchase Payments paid, reduced proportionately by each
each partial surrender and their surrender charges, partial surrender and their surrender charges, less any
any outstanding debt and plus or minus any Market Value outstanding debt and plus or minus any Market Value
Adjustment.* Adjustment.*
or
(3) Step Up Value (See "Step Up Value" in the
prospectus)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* In the calculations of the death benefit, for each partial surrender, the
proportionate reduction is equal to the amount of that partial surrender
and any surrender charge and any Market Value Adjustment divided by the
Fund Value immediately before that partial surrender, multiplied by the
Purchase Payments paid before that partial surrender. For certain Contracts
purchased prior to July 22, 2003, the death benefit is the greater of: (1)
the Fund Value less any outstanding debt on the date due proof of the
Annuitant's death is received by the Company, or (2) the Purchase Payments
paid, less any partial surrenders and their surrender charges, less any
outstanding debt and plus or minus any Market Value Adjustment.
A-4 Appendix A: Benefit option packages, table of fees, examples and charges
and deductions for contracts issued in the State of Washington
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
The following table summarizes the charges and deductions under the Contract:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deductions from Purchase Payments
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tax charge Range for State and local premium tax -- 0% to 3.50%(1).
Federal -- currently 0%
(Company reserves the right to charge in the future.)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Daily deductions from MONY America Variable Account A
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate account annual expenses:
Mortality & expense risk charge Option 1
Annual rate deducted daily from net assets Maximum daily rate -- 0.003836%
Maximum annual rate -- 1.40%
Option 2
Maximum daily rate -- 0.005342%
Maximum annual rate -- 1.95%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deductions from fund value
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual contract charge Maximum annual contract charge
Option 1 -- Current charge is $30. Option 1 -- The maximum annual contract charge is $30.
Option 2 -- Current charge is $0. Option 2 -- The annual contract charge may be increased to a maxi-
mum of $30 on 30 days written notice.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transaction and other charges Maximum transaction and other charges
Transfer charge Option 1 -- The Company has reserved the right to impose a charge
Option 1 -- Current charge is $0. for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in a Contract Year
which will not exceed $25.
Option 2 -- Current charge is $0. Option 2 -- The Company has reserved the right to impose a charge
for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in a Contract Year
which will not exceed $25.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Surrender charge See grading schedule and "Charges and deductions -- Charges
against fund value" for details of how it is computed.
Grades from 7% to 0% of Fund Value surrendered based on a
schedule
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loan interest spread 2.50%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Company currently assumes responsibility; current charge to Owner 0%.
Please note that the amount of the charge may not necessarily correspond to the
costs associated with providing the services or benefits indicated by the
designation of the charge. For example, the surrender charge we collect may not
fully cover all of the sales and distribution expenses we actually incur. We
also may realize a profit on one or more of the charges. We may use such
profits for any corporate purpose, including the payment of sales expenses.
Deductions from Purchase Payments
Deductions may be made from Purchase Payments for state and local premium taxes
prior to allocation of any Net Purchase Payment among the subaccounts.
Currently, the Company makes no deduction, but may do so with respect to future
payments. If the Company is going to make deductions for such tax from future
Purchase Payments, it will give notice to each affected Owner.
Charges against fund value
Daily deduction from MONY America Variable Account A
Mortality and expense risk charge. The Company assumes mortality and expense
risks. A charge for assuming such risks is deducted daily from the net assets
of MONY America Variable Account A. The charge varies based on the benefit
option package selected. The mortality and expense risk charge will not be
deducted from the Guaranteed Interest Account.
Option 1 -- For Option 1, the daily mortality and expense risk charge from MONY
America Variable Account A is deducted at a current daily rate equivalent to an
annual rate of 1.20% from the value of the net assets of MONY America Variable
Account A. The rate is guaranteed not to exceed a daily rate equivalent to an
annual rate of 1.40% from the value of the net assets of MONY America Variable
Account A. The mortality and expense
Appendix A: Benefit option packages, table of fees, examples and charges and
deductions for contracts issued in the State of Washington A-5
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
risk charge is deducted from MONY America Variable Account A, and therefore the
subaccounts, on each Business Day. Where the previous day (or days) was not a
Business Day, the deduction currently on the next Business Day will be
0.003288% (guaranteed not to exceed 0.003836%) multiplied by the number of days
since the last Business Day.
Option 2 -- For Option 2, the daily mortality and expense risk charge from MONY
America Variable Account A is deducted at a current daily rate equivalent to an
annual rate of 1.70% from the value of the net assets of MONY America Variable
Account A. The rate is guaranteed not to exceed a daily rate equivalent to an
annual rate of 1.95% from the value of the net assets of MONY America Variable
Account A. The mortality and expense risk charge is deducted from MONY America
Variable Account A, and therefore the subaccounts, on each Business Day. Where
the previous day (or days) was not a Business Day, the deduction currently on
the next Business Day will be 0.004658% (guaranteed not to exceed 0.005342%)
multiplied by the number of days since the last Business Day.
The mortality risk assumed by the Company is that Annuitants may live for a
longer time than projected. If that occurs, an aggregate amount of annuity
benefits greater than that projected will be payable. In making this
projection, the Company has used the mortality rates from the 1983 Table "a"
(discrete functions without projections for future mortality), with 3.50%
interest. In addition, the Company also assumes risk in connection with the
Step-Up Value. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing
and administering the Contracts will exceed the expense charges provided in the
Contracts.
If the amount of the charge exceeds the amount needed, the excess will be kept
by the Company in its General Account. If the amount of the charge is
inadequate, the Company will pay the difference out of its General Account.
Deductions from fund value
Annual contract charge. The Company has primary responsibility for the
administration of the Contract and MONY America Variable Account A. An annual
contract charge helps to reimburse the Company for administrative expenses
related to the maintenance of the Contract. Ordinary administrative expenses
expected to be incurred include premium collection, recordkeeping, processing
death benefit claims and surrenders, preparing and mailing reports, and
overhead costs. In addition, the Company expects to incur certain additional
administrative expenses in connection with the issuance of the Contract,
including the review of applications and the establishment of Contract records.
The Company intends to administer the Contract itself.
The current amount of the annual contract charge depends upon the benefit
option package selected.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Contract Charge
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Option 1 Option 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current charge is $30. Current charge is $0.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The maximum annual contract charge is $30. The annual contract charge may be increased to a maximum of $30.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Owner will receive a written notice 30 days in advance of any change in the
charge. Any applicable charge will be assessed once per year on the contract
anniversary, starting on the first contract anniversary.
If applicable, the annual contract charge is deducted from the Fund Value on
each Contract Anniversary before the date annuity payments start.
The amount of the charge will be allocated against the Guaranteed Interest
Account and each subaccount of MONY America Variable Account A in the same
proportion that the Fund Value in those accounts bears to the Fund Value of the
Contract. The Company does not expect to make any profit from the annual
contract charge.
A-6 Appendix A: Benefit option packages, table of fees, examples and charges
and deductions for contracts issued in the State of Washington
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Appendix B: Condensed financial information
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
MONY AMERICA VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit Value
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec.
31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
Option 1 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Financial Services $ 4.15 $ 10.36 $ 13.48 $ 11.72 $ 11.20 $ 10.43 $ 8.14
AIM V.I. Global Health Care 9.43 13.37 12.10 11.64 10.89 10.25 8.11
AIM V.I. Technology 5.38 9.82 9.22 8.45 8.37 7.91 5.96
All Asset Allocation 8.03 11.67 11.30 10.38 9.99 9.31 7.80
AXA Aggressive Allocation 6.02 10.02 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative
Allocation 9.10 10.35 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative-Plus
Allocation 8.13 10.22 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate Allocation 7.62 10.21 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate-Plus
Allocation 6.83 10.14 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/AllianceBernstein Small
Cap Growth 6.84 12.47 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/BlackRock Basic Value
Equity 7.65 12.20 12.20 10.21 -- -- --
EQ/Boston Advisors Equity
Income 10.32 15.43 15.06 13.14 12.52 10.75 8.59
EQ/Calvert Socially
Responsible 6.49 11.99 10.82 10.40 -- -- --
EQ/Capital Guardian
Research 9.07 15.17 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/GAMCO Mergers and
Acquisitions 10.94 12.85 12.57 11.35 10.98 10.55 --
EQ/GAMCO Small
Company Value 13.40 19.56 18.11 15.43 14.96 12.52 9.22
EQ/Government Securities 11.62 11.37 10.79 10.54 10.52 10.51 10.46
EQ/JPMorgan Core Bond 12.47 13.82 13.54 -- -- -- --
EQ/Large Cap Value PLUS 6.67 11.84 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Long Term Bond 13.87 13.33 12.53 12.42 12.20 11.44 11.05
EQ/Lord Abbett Growth
and Income 9.12 14.51 14.16 -- -- -- --
EQ/Lord Abbett Mid Cap
Value 9.31 15.40 15.46 -- -- -- --
EQ/Mid Cap Index 8.52 16.96 15.85 -- -- -- --
EQ/Money Market 10.94 10.81 10.42 10.07 -- -- --
EQ/Montag & Caldwell
Growth 8.33 12.56 10.52 9.87 9.47 9.21 7.96
EQ/PIMCO Real Return 11.76 12.40 11.26 11.35 11.40 11.01 10.55
EQ/Short Duration Bond 10.40 10.74 10.32 10.05 10.03 9.99 --
EQ/Small Company Index 11.51 17.65 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/UBS Growth and
Income 7.63 12.88 12.89 11.43 10.62 9.49 7.53
EQ/Van Kampen Emerging
Markets Equity 15.64 37.02 26.32 -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Mid Cap
Growth 5.70 10.91 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Real
Estate 13.98 23.08 -- -- -- -- --
Franklin Income Securities 11.32 16.29 15.89 13.60 13.55 12.04 --
Franklin Rising Dividends
Securities 10.78 14.96 15.56 13.45 13.16 12.00 --
Franklin Zero Coupon 2010 11.18 10.55 9.85 9.74 9.72 9.42 --
Janus Aspen Forty 10.45 18.98 14.06 13.04 11.73 10.06 8.47
Janus Aspen International
Growth 13.00 27.54 21.78 15.03 11.53 9.83 7.40
MFS(R) Utilities Series 17.62 28.61 22.64 17.46 15.12 11.75 8.75
Multimanager High Yield 11.10 14.64 14.33 -- -- -- --
Multimanager Small Cap
Growth 7.38 12.91 12.60 11.57 10.88 9.79 8.05
Oppenheimer Global
Securities Fund/VA 13.10 22.22 21.20 18.28 16.22 13.81 --
PIMCO Global Bond
(Unhedged) 14.88 15.19 14.01 13.55 14.68 13.44 11.88
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units Outstanding
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec.
31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
Option 1 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Financial Services 61,638 74,773 83,552 79,714 84,428 68,229 23,757
AIM V.I. Global Health Care 92,691 114,062 128,350 130,612 133,944 89,624 34,314
AIM V.I. Technology 58,382 73,449 75,551 80,630 89,696 58,966 23,622
All Asset Allocation 454,450 497,633 571,946 684,468 600,615 492,730 204,572
AXA Aggressive Allocation 34,683 43,742 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative
Allocation 93,700 22,315 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative-Plus
Allocation 98,447 37,693 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate Allocation 401,832 132,668 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate-Plus
Allocation 210,275 40,787 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/AllianceBernstein Small
Cap Growth 115,398 129,235 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/BlackRock Basic Value
Equity 286,323 342,400 73,324 76,278 -- -- --
EQ/Boston Advisors Equity
Income 358,388 407,611 458,184 481,560 408,003 239,493 82,561
EQ/Calvert Socially
Responsible 43,411 36,001 40,077 41,217 -- -- --
EQ/Capital Guardian
Research 134,883 149,809 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/GAMCO Mergers and
Acquisitions 93,427 103,885 114,393 118,242 117,926 38,541 --
EQ/GAMCO Small
Company Value 712,525 888,336 1,023,043 1,143,854 1,097,488 756,306 311,226
EQ/Government Securities 751,509 869,876 960,726 1,151,184 1,272,012 1,086,722 453,598
EQ/JPMorgan Core Bond 954,215 1,292,354 1,073,917 -- -- -- --
EQ/Large Cap Value PLUS 127,233 178,467 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Long Term Bond 221,040 267,475 304,714 376,420 402,596 400,844 167,274
EQ/Lord Abbett Growth
and Income 712,776 1,013,981 1,103,903 -- -- -- --
EQ/Lord Abbett Mid Cap
Value 461,871 628,686 726,385 -- -- -- --
EQ/Mid Cap Index 501,289 566,547 508,220 -- -- -- --
EQ/Money Market 1,246,668 1,182,243 1,099,869 1,052,098 -- -- --
EQ/Montag & Caldwell
Growth 872,072 1,081,298 1,361,636 1,685,752 1,581,734 1,198,093 392,688
EQ/PIMCO Real Return 529,836 324,629 359,919 446,362 457,385 319,045 143,483
EQ/Short Duration Bond 104,658 92,906 97,460 132,706 116,589 60,362 --
EQ/Small Company Index 150,816 175,510 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/UBS Growth and
Income 192,608 241,384 260,211 272,117 270,546 191,851 91,127
EQ/Van Kampen Emerging
Markets Equity 167,674 208,439 219,291 -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Mid Cap
Growth 554,686 709,131 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Real
Estate 248,944 336,521 -- -- -- -- --
Franklin Income Securities 869,677 1,054,022 416,536 328,984 247,404 116,756 --
Franklin Rising Dividends
Securities 127,156 182,045 171,880 146,067 158,869 98,376 --
Franklin Zero Coupon 2010 92,565 104,565 93,960 38,190 33,849 13,218 --
Janus Aspen Forty 305,780 374,145 335,485 220,717 182,506 136,171 32,480
Janus Aspen International
Growth 480,782 630,845 698,959 698,879 723,025 546,239 174,311
MFS(R) Utilities Series 187,254 220,173 195,895 171,034 134,931 72,426 18,209
Multimanager High Yield 357,943 468,645 482,385 -- -- -- --
Multimanager Small Cap
Growth 316,585 395,880 478,312 503,409 553,406 407,080 142,861
Oppenheimer Global
Securities Fund/VA 355,444 417,130 449,536 419,429 330,561 95,923 --
PIMCO Global Bond
(Unhedged) 436,029 447,782 381,670 391,686 381,980 222,104 53,299
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix B: Condensed financial information B-1
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit Value
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec.
31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
Option 1 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO StocksPLUS Growth
and Income 8.12 14.32 13.56 11.95 11.69 10.67 8.29
ProFund VP Bear 8.74 6.32 6.36 6.96 7.14 8.06 --
ProFund VP Rising Rates
Opportunity 5.34 8.71 9.30 8.55 9.39 10.67 --
ProFund VP UltraBull 5.70 17.71 17.77 14.62 14.42 12.45 --
The Universal Institutional
Funds, Inc. Global Value
Equity 8.86 14.98 14.22 11.87 11.36 10.12 7.94
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units Outstanding
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec.
31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
Option 1 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO StocksPLUS Growth
and Income 667,187 852,781 935,688 1,045,318 1,063,823 751,480 260,192
ProFund VP Bear 14,925 6,368 8,292 7,569 13,091 4,960 --
ProFund VP Rising Rates
Opportunity 550,106 588,907 609,227 613,062 617,666 528,778 --
ProFund VP UltraBull 59,202 63,189 90,284 82,491 89,655 53,814 --
The Universal Institutional
Funds, Inc. Global Value
Equity 126,925 224,820 251,427 277,293 268,706 208,605 53,212
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-2 Appendix B: Condensed financial information
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit Value
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec.
31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
Option 2 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Financial
Services $ 4.21 $ 10.55 $ 13.79 $ 12.05 $ 11.57 $ 10.83 $ 8.50
AIM V.I. Global Health
Care 9.12 13.00 11.82 11.43 10.75 10.16 8.09
AIM V.I. Technology 5.24 9.61 9.08 8.35 8.32 7.90 5.98
All Asset Allocation 8.10 11.84 11.52 10.63 10.29 9.64 8.11
AXA Aggressive
Allocation 5.97 9.99 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative
Allocation 9.03 10.32 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative-Plus
Allocation 8.07 10.19 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate
Allocation 7.56 10.18 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate-Plus
Allocation 6.78 10.11 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/AllianceBernstein
Small Cap Growth 6.89 12.64 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/BlackRock Basic
Value Equity 7.52 12.06 12.12 10.20 -- -- --
EQ/Boston Advisors
Equity Income 9.31 13.99 13.72 12.03 11.52 9.94 7.99
EQ/Calvert Socially
Responsible 6.38 11.85 10.75 10.39 -- -- --
EQ/Capital Guardian
Research 8.43 14.17 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/GAMCO Mergers
and Acquisitions 10.99 12.97 12.76 11.57 11.26 10.87 --
EQ/GAMCO Small
Company Value 12.86 18.87 17.56 15.03 14.65 12.33 9.12
EQ/Government
Securities 11.24 11.06 10.54 10.35 10.39 10.42 10.42
EQ/JPMorgan Core
Bond 12.06 13.44 13.22 -- -- -- --
EQ/Large Cap Value
PLUS 6.47 11.55 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Long Term Bond 13.48 13.03 12.31 12.26 12.11 11.41 11.07
EQ/Lord Abbett Growth
and Income 8.83 14.13 13.85 -- -- -- --
EQ/Lord Abbett Mid
Cap Value 9.25 15.37 15.51 -- -- -- --
EQ/Mid Cap Index 8.14 16.29 15.30 -- -- -- --
EQ/Money Market 10.76 10.69 10.36 10.06 -- -- --
EQ/Montag & Caldwell
Growth 7.86 11.92 10.03 9.46 9.12 8.92 7.75
EQ/PIMCO Real Return 11.41 12.10 11.04 11.18 11.29 10.96 10.55
EQ/Short Duration Bond 10.15 10.54 10.18 9.96 9.99 9.99 --
EQ/Small Company
Index 11.24 17.31 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/UBS Growth and
Income 7.61 12.91 12.98 11.57 10.80 9.70 7.73
EQ/Van Kampen Emerg-
ing Markets Equity 15.72 37.39 26.72 -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Mid
Cap Growth 6.11 11.77 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Real
Estate 12.90 21.40 -- -- -- -- --
Franklin Income
Securities 10.82 15.65 15.34 13.20 13.21 11.80 --
Franklin Rising Divi-
dends Securities 10.40 14.51 15.17 13.18 12.96 11.87 --
Franklin Zero Coupon
2010 10.99 10.43 9.79 9.72 9.76 9.50 --
Janus Aspen Forty 10.61 19.38 14.43 13.45 12.16 10.48 8.87
Janus Aspen Interna-
tional Growth 13.53 28.80 22.89 15.87 12.24 10.49 7.93
MFS(R) Utilities Series 16.66 27.18 21.62 16.75 14.58 11.39 8.53
Multimanager High
Yield 10.71 14.20 13.97 -- -- -- --
Multimanager Small
Cap Growth 7.10 12.48 12.24 11.29 10.68 9.65 7.98
Oppenheimer Global
Securities Fund/VA 12.87 21.93 21.03 18.23 16.25 13.91 --
PIMCO Global Bond
(Unhedged) 14.39 14.76 13.68 13.30 14.48 13.32 11.84
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units Outstanding
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec.
31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
Option 2 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Financial
Services 57,908 65,020 79,115 85,675 86,053 75,930 41,101
AIM V.I. Global Health
Care 102,900 113,589 146,760 155,532 165,621 140,052 91,838
AIM V.I. Technology 33,691 46,623 48,598 46,447 52,034 33,467 24,267
All Asset Allocation 422,018 497,752 588,516 639,152 630,072 522,037 225,750
AXA Aggressive
Allocation 108,793 25,166 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative
Allocation 57,009 33,148 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative-Plus
Allocation 138,523 82,083 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate
Allocation 284,753 87,026 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate-Plus
Allocation 233,785 179,231 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/AllianceBernstein
Small Cap Growth 110,121 143,655 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/BlackRock Basic
Value Equity 296,279 358,489 59,749 62,761 -- -- --
EQ/Boston Advisors
Equity Income 356,589 432,755 503,174 530,146 468,935 268,992 114,840
EQ/Calvert Socially
Responsible 35,479 42,384 39,749 39,883 -- -- --
EQ/Capital Guardian
Research 103,379 119,932 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/GAMCO Mergers
and Acquisitions 122,990 152,474 158,142 132,522 109,352 39,335 --
EQ/GAMCO Small
Company Value 733,202 924,400 1,036,914 1,167,441 1,150,083 900,245 527,141
EQ/Government
Securities 648,803 825,791 990,250 1,203,877 1,268,310 1,161,315 641,947
EQ/JPMorgan Core
Bond 1,022,385 1,327,404 1,186,120 -- -- -- --
EQ/Large Cap Value
PLUS 98,849 142,380 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Long Term Bond 267,243 318,828 377,892 445,512 470,451 455,388 266,754
EQ/Lord Abbett Growth
and Income 662,750 853,495 977,862 -- -- -- --
EQ/Lord Abbett Mid
Cap Value 498,864 685,538 822,716 -- -- -- --
EQ/Mid Cap Index 505,582 630,181 568,855 -- -- -- --
EQ/Money Market 804,101 580,027 584,835 792,861 -- -- --
EQ/Montag & Caldwell
Growth 945,627 1,195,392 1,424,361 1,660,838 1,564,074 1,219,870 488,730
EQ/PIMCO Real Return 441,573 448,175 520,580 703,323 728,549 622,933 267,405
EQ/Short Duration Bond 120,434 143,973 170,067 183,543 159,172 88,255 --
EQ/Small Company
Index 145,865 175,276 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/UBS Growth and
Income 238,464 277,764 344,841 355,846 344,413 294,667 180,021
EQ/Van Kampen Emerg-
ing Markets Equity 148,122 184,157 178,447 -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Mid
Cap Growth 557,677 681,613 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Real
Estate 249,048 316,352 -- -- -- -- --
Franklin Income
Securities 951,395 1,274,513 474,042 372,282 305,097 127,569 --
Franklin Rising Divi-
dends Securities 179,625 222,750 208,165 182,562 171,242 72,994 --
Franklin Zero Coupon
2010 120,598 115,403 113,966 77,346 50,780 36,056 --
Janus Aspen Forty 199,847 228,886 244,138 229,728 203,433 140,717 57,811
Janus Aspen Interna-
tional Growth 485,146 602,248 626,622 639,223 657,169 467,730 231,583
MFS(R) Utilities Series 135,905 183,058 167,461 176,163 137,465 79,773 37,190
Multimanager High
Yield 310,015 393,689 424,180 -- -- -- --
Multimanager Small
Cap Growth 351,830 427,713 525,434 540,197 538,881 430,208 249,366
Oppenheimer Global
Securities Fund/VA 279,214 371,734 395,586 377,484 313,678 112,568 --
PIMCO Global Bond
(Unhedged) 298,376 342,780 374,179 409,365 412,145 303,678 99,887
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix B: Condensed financial information B-3
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit Value
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec.
31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
Option 2 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO StocksPLUS
Growth and Income 7.76 13.76 13.09 11.60 11.40 10.46 8.16
ProFund VP Bear 9.35 6.80 6.87 7.56 7.79 8.84 --
ProFund VP Rising
Rates Opportunity 5.19 8.52 9.14 8.44 9.32 10.64 --
ProFund VP UltraBull 5.43 16.94 17.09 14.12 14.00 12.15 --
The Universal Institu-
tional Funds, Inc.
Global Value Equity 8.66 14.71 14.03 11.77 11.32 10.14 7.99
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units Outstanding
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec.
31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
Option 2 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO StocksPLUS
Growth and Income 742,682 939,235 1,070,862 1,141,027 1,163,909 831,746 385,722
ProFund VP Bear 61,612 2,003 3,098 4,277 4,994 1,052 --
ProFund VP Rising
Rates Opportunity 52,767 75,763 98,446 116,343 135,919 85,507 --
ProFund VP UltraBull 66,255 98,376 94,866 116,832 118,709 66,123 --
The Universal Institu-
tional Funds, Inc.
Global Value Equity 147,450 173,282 200,547 242,058 239,554 181,040 67,913
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-4 Appendix B: Condensed financial information
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit Value
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec.
31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
Option 3 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Financial
Services $ 4.12 $ 10.39 $ 13.68 $ 12.02 $ 11.63 $ 10.95 $ 8.65
AIM V.I. Global Health
Care 8.64 12.39 11.35 11.04 10.45 9.94 7.96
AIM V.I. Technology 5.55 10.25 9.74 9.03 9.04 8.65 6.59
All Asset Allocation 7.82 11.50 11.26 10.46 10.19 9.60 8.13
AXA Aggressive
Allocation 5.91 9.95 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative
Allocation 8.94 10.28 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative-Plus
Allocation 7.99 10.15 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate
Allocation 7.49 10.15 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate-Plus
Allocation 6.71 10.07 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/AllianceBernstein
Small Cap Growth 6.72 12.40 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/BlackRock Basic
Value Equity 7.36 11.88 12.02 10.18 -- -- --
EQ/Boston Advisors
Equity Income 8.90 13.46 13.29 11.73 11.30 9.82 7.93
EQ/Calvert Socially
Responsible 6.25 11.68 10.66 10.37 -- -- --
EQ/Capital Guardian
Research 8.04 13.61 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/GAMCO Mergers
and Acquisitions 10.18 12.10 11.98 10.93 10.71 10.40 --
EQ/GAMCO Small
Company Value 12.45 18.38 17.21 14.83 14.55 12.32 9.18
EQ/Government
Securities 10.76 10.64 10.21 10.09 10.20 10.30 10.37
EQ/JPMorgan Core
Bond 11.49 12.88 12.76 -- -- -- --
EQ/Large Cap Value
PLUS 6.46 11.60 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Long Term Bond 13.15 12.79 12.16 12.20 12.12 11.50 11.23
EQ/Lord Abbett Growth
and Income 8.23 13.25 13.08 -- -- -- --
EQ/Lord Abbett Mid
Cap Value 8.49 14.21 14.43 -- -- -- --
EQ/Mid Cap Index 7.88 15.87 15.00 -- -- -- --
EQ/Money Market 10.53 10.53 10.27 10.04 -- -- --
EQ/Montag & Caldwell
Growth 7.56 11.53 9.77 9.27 9.00 8.85 7.74
EQ/PIMCO Real Return 10.88 11.61 10.67 10.87 11.05 10.79 10.46
EQ/Short Duration Bond 9.76 10.20 9.92 9.77 9.86 9.93 --
EQ/Small Company
Index 10.84 16.80 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/UBS Growth and
Income 7.40 12.63 12.79 11.47 10.78 9.74 7.82
EQ/Van Kampen Emerg-
ing Markets Equity 15.31 36.66 26.37 -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Mid
Cap Growth 5.42 10.50 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Real
Estate 12.82 21.40 -- -- -- -- --
Franklin Income
Securities 10.45 15.21 15.01 13.00 13.09 11.77 --
Franklin Rising Divi-
dends Securities 9.74 13.68 14.39 12.58 12.45 11.49 --
Franklin Zero Coupon
2010 10.83 10.34 9.77 9.76 9.86 9.67 --
Janus Aspen Forty 10.17 18.69 14.01 13.14 11.95 10.37 8.83
Janus Aspen Interna-
tional Growth 12.91 27.66 22.12 15.44 11.98 10.34 7.86
MFS(R) Utilities Series 14.93 24.52 19.63 15.31 13.41 10.55 7.94
Multimanager High
Yield 10.30 13.76 13.62 -- -- -- --
Multimanager Small
Cap Growth 6.71 11.86 11.72 10.88 10.35 9.42 7.84
Oppenheimer Global
Securities Fund/VA 11.05 18.97 18.31 15.87 14.33 12.34 --
PIMCO Global Bond
(Unhedged) 13.90 14.35 13.39 13.10 14.36 13.29 11.89
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units Outstanding
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec.
31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
Option 3 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Financial
Services 79,897 83,028 85,887 93,977 91,928 58,614 19,438
AIM V.I. Global Health
Care 110,759 128,499 141,522 160,443 165,597 117,180 31,890
AIM V.I. Technology 42,232 41,117 60,685 61,622 68,906 40,774 15,037
All Asset Allocation 216,521 254,235 279,059 304,351 329,211 264,065 130,971
AXA Aggressive
Allocation 17,830 34,138 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative
Allocation 5,709 - -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative-Plus
Allocation 15,344 8,553 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate
Allocation 88,659 50,097 -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate-Plus
Allocation 91,336 101,843 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/AllianceBernstein
Small Cap Growth 119,708 118,648 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/BlackRock Basic
Value Equity 225,245 249,281 66,466 55,843 -- -- --
EQ/Boston Advisors
Equity Income 285,462 340,231 393,271 450,085 443,355 210,340 85,624
EQ/Calvert Socially
Responsible 27,274 30,193 25,282 27,434 -- -- --
EQ/Capital Guardian
Research 75,551 88,898 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/GAMCO Mergers
and Acquisitions 100,229 110,532 147,362 152,240 142,384 19,602 --
EQ/GAMCO Small
Company Value 457,808 555,475 655,604 745,939 771,937 570,622 312,519
EQ/Government
Securities 495,944 595,223 680,996 777,581 828,111 590,395 262,000
EQ/JPMorgan Core
Bond 554,830 659,415 491,298 -- -- -- --
EQ/Large Cap Value
PLUS 85,550 104,475 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Long Term Bond 173,084 202,074 227,964 260,871 285,396 210,470 71,683
EQ/Lord Abbett Growth
and Income 457,511 524,111 547,148 -- -- -- --
EQ/Lord Abbett Mid
Cap Value 262,142 312,404 367,021 -- -- -- --
EQ/Mid Cap Index 447,586 513,390 478,745 -- -- -- --
EQ/Money Market 542,948 644,650 485,349 525,734 -- -- --
EQ/Montag & Caldwell
Growth 616,988 740,646 1,028,742 1,254,424 1,231,095 903,450 322,138
EQ/PIMCO Real Return 150,857 119,459 140,823 163,210 172,435 132,055 58,455
EQ/Short Duration Bond 63,239 60,197 69,708 74,108 83,235 22,399 --
EQ/Small Company
Index 89,275 94,407 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/UBS Growth and
Income 178,458 212,333 272,190 284,955 288,655 205,585 116,862
EQ/Van Kampen Emerg-
ing Markets Equity 119,794 131,877 158,960 -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Mid
Cap Growth 387,830 462,277 -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Real
Estate 123,757 164,652 -- -- -- -- --
Franklin Income
Securities 516,649 639,433 136,586 130,576 149,633 53,664 --
Franklin Rising Divi-
dends Securities 121,162 130,496 150,943 129,608 127,851 25,163 --
Franklin Zero Coupon
2010 31,851 35,889 27,646 6,858 9,328 1,181 --
Janus Aspen Forty 142,574 157,757 141,545 137,929 133,787 103,426 40,704
Janus Aspen Interna-
tional Growth 442,783 518,962 580,743 582,650 605,704 443,160 191,763
MFS(R) Utilities Series 99,733 110,435 114,401 123,861 108,933 53,404 13,481
Multimanager High
Yield 172,340 211,992 247,892 -- -- -- --
Multimanager Small
Cap Growth 298,509 365,192 428,335 462,017 484,221 381,741 174,101
Oppenheimer Global
Securities Fund/VA 151,724 179,536 193,323 212,652 206,632 53,888 --
PIMCO Global Bond
(Unhedged) 161,765 170,551 195,938 229,087 267,365 194,076 50,418
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix B: Condensed financial information B-5
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit Value
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec.
31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
Option 3 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO StocksPLUS
Growth and Income 7.51 13.41 12.84 11.45 11.33 10.46 8.21
ProFund VP Bear 8.23 6.02 6.13 6.78 7.04 8.03 --
ProFund VP Rising
Rates Opportunity 5.00 8.25 8.91 8.28 9.20 10.57 --
ProFund VP UltraBull 5.94 18.67 18.95 15.77 15.73 13.74 --
The Universal Institu-
tional Funds, Inc.
Global Value Equity 8.24 14.10 13.54 11.43 11.06 9.98 7.92
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units Outstanding
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec. Dec.
31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
Option 3 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO StocksPLUS
Growth and Income 646,671 779,744 913,779 1,006,494 1,110,751 759,947 238,004
ProFund VP Bear 20,500 6,114 10,309 12,635 12,064 5,843 --
ProFund VP Rising
Rates Opportunity 40,075 56,817 106,074 120,988 155,028 47,641 --
ProFund VP UltraBull 196,300 132,356 144,606 178,819 221,408 131,565 --
The Universal Institu-
tional Funds, Inc.
Global Value Equity 95,468 106,061 142,928 137,508 138,208 107,025 96,503
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-6 Appendix B: Condensed financial information
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Statement of additional information
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MAY 1, 2009
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Item Page
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional information about the Company.............................. 2
About our independent registered public accounting firm............... 2
Sale of the contracts................................................. 2
Federal tax status.................................................... 2
Financial statements.................................................. 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If you would like to receive a copy of the MONY America Variable Account A
Statement of Additional Information, please return this request to:
MONY Life Insurance Company of America
Policyholder Services
100 Madison Street
Syracuse, New York 13202
1-800-487-6669
www.axaonline.com
Your name -------------------------------------------------
Address -------------------------------------------------
City --------------------------- State ---------------- Zip ----------------
Please send me a copy of the MONY Variable Account A Statement of Additional
Information.
X2479
MLA-VA
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Individual Flexible Payment Variable Annuity Contract
Issued by MONY Life Insurance Company of America with variable investment
options under MONY America's MONY America Variable Account A
PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2009
Please read and keep this prospectus for future reference. It contains
important information that you should know before purchasing, or taking any
other action under your contract. Also, you should read the prospectuses for
each Trust, which contain important information about their portfolios.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONY Life Insurance Company of America (the "Company") issues the flexible
payment variable annuity contract described in this prospectus.
This Contract is no longer being sold. This prospectus is used with current
contract owners only. We will continue to accept Purchase Payments under
existing Contracts. You should note that your Contract features and charges,
and your investment options, may vary depending on your state and/or the date
on which you purchased your Contract. For more information about the particular
features, charges and options applicable to you, please contact your financial
professional and/or refer to your Contract.
You can tell us what to do with your Purchase Payments. You can also tell us
what to do with the fund value your Contract may create for you resulting from
those Purchase Payments.
You may allocate some or all of your Purchase Payments into the subaccounts.
Each subaccount is a subaccount of Separate Account MONY America Variable
Account A. Both the value of your Contract before annuitization and the amount
of income afterward will depend on the investment performance of the portfolios
you select. You bear the investment risk of investing in the portfolios. The
subaccounts invest in shares of the following portfolios of AXA Premier VIP
Trust, Dreyfus Stock Index Fund, Inc., EQ Advisors Trust, Fidelity Variable
Insurance Products (VIP), Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust,
Janus Aspen Series, Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, PIMCO Variable
Insurance Trust and ProFunds VP (the "Funds").
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subaccounts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o All Asset Allocation o EQ/Money Market
o AXA Aggressive Allocation(1) o EQ/Montag & Caldwell Growth
o AXA Conservative Allocation(1) o EQ/PIMCO Ultra Short Bond(2)
o AXA Conservative-Plus Allocation(1) o EQ/Short Duration Bond
o AXA Moderate Allocation(1) o EQ/T. Rowe Price Growth Stock
o AXA Moderate-Plus Allocation(1) o EQ/UBS Growth and Income
o Dreyfus Stock Index o EQ/Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth
o EQ/BlackRock Basic Value Equity o EQ/Van Kampen Real Estate
o EQ/Bond Index o Fidelity VIP Contrafund(R)
o EQ/Boston Advisors Equity Income o Franklin Income Securities
o EQ/Calvert Socially Responsible o Franklin Rising Dividends Securities
o EQ/Capital Guardian Research o Franklin Zero Coupon 2010
o EQ/Caywood-Scholl High Yield o Janus Aspen Balanced
o EQ/Core Bond Index o Janus Aspen Forty
o EQ/Focus PLUS(2) o Janus Aspen Enterprise Portfolio(3)
o EQ/GAMCO Mergers and Acquisitions o Janus Aspen Worldwide(3)
o EQ/GAMCO Small Company Value o Multimanager Small Cap Growth
o EQ/Government Securities o Oppenheimer Global Securities
o EQ/International Growth Fund/VA
o EQ/Long Term Bond o PIMCO Global Bond (Unhedged)
o EQ/Lord Abbett Growth and Income o ProFund VP Bear
o EQ/Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value o ProFund VP Rising Rates Opportunity
o EQ/Mid Cap Index o ProFund VP UltraBull
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Not all of these portfolios may be available in all states or all markets.
(1) The "AXA Allocation" portfolios.
(2) This is the subaccount's new name, effective on or about May 1, 2009,
subject to regulatory approval. Please see "The Funds" later in this
Prospectus for the Subaccount's former name.
(3) This is the subaccount's new name effective May 1, 2009. Please see
"The Funds" later in this Prospectus for the Subaccount's former name.
You may also allocate some or all of your Purchase Payments and fund value into
our Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment, which is
discussed later in this Prospectus.
Among the many terms of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment are:
o Guaranteed interest to be credited for specific periods (referred to as
"Accumulation Periods").
o Three (3), five (5), seven (7), and ten (10) year Accumulation Periods are
available. The one (1) year Accumulation Period is limited to the
following states: Maryland, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, New Jersey,
Oklahoma, Oregon, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Texas,
and Washington.
o Interest will be credited for the entire Accumulation Period on a daily
basis. Different rates apply to each Accumulation Period and are
determined by the Company from time to time at its sole discretion.
o A market value adjustment may be charged if part or all of the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment is surrendered or
transferred before the end of the Accumulation Period.
o Potential purchasers should carefully consider the factors described in "Risk
Factors" (pages 2-3) as well as the other information contained in this
prospectus before allocating Purchase Payments or Fund Values to the
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment offered herein.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
These are only some of the terms of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment. Please read this prospectus carefully for more complete
details of the contract.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A Statement of Additional Information dated May 1, 2009 containing additional
information about the contract is incorporated herein by reference. It has been
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is available from the
Company without charge upon written request. You may request one by writing to
our processing office located at MONY Life Insurance Company of America,
Policyholder Services,100 Madison Street, Syracuse, New York 13202, or by
telephoning 1-800-487-6669 or by accessing the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.
The table of contents of the Statement of Additional Information can be found
in the back of this prospectus.
The SEC has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this
prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense. The contracts are not insured by the FDIC or any other
agency. They are not deposits or other obligations of any bank and are not bank
guaranteed. They are subject to investment risks and possible loss of
principal.
x02484
MLA-CM
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Table of contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Definitions 1
Purpose of the Contract 1
Purchase Payments and fund value 1
Minimum Purchase Payments 1
MONY America Variable Account A 1
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment 2
The Accumulation Periods 2
Crediting of interest 2
The Market Value Adjustment 2
Transfer of fund value 3
Contract loans 3
Surrender 3
Charges and deductions 3
Right to return contract provision 3
Death benefit 3
Fee tables 4
Example 4
Other contracts 5
Condensed financial information 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. WHO IS MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA? 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONY Life Insurance Company of America 7
How to reach us 7
MONY America Variable Account A 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. THE FUNDS 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Purchase of portfolio shares by MONY America Variable Account A 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT 14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payment and allocation of Purchase Payments 14
Telephone/fax/web transactions 18
Disruptive transfer activity 18
Termination of the Contract 19
i Table of contents
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. DESCRIPTION OF THE GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT WITH MARKET
VALUE ADJUSTMENT 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General 20
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment 20
Allocations to the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment 20
Specified interest rates and the accumulation periods 20
Surrenders, transfers or loans 22
The Market Value Adjustment 22
Investments 23
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. SURRENDERS 24
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. LOANS 25
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. DEATH BENEFIT 26
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Death benefit provided by the Contract 26
Enhanced death benefit options 26
Election and effective date of election 27
Payment of death benefit 27
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS 28
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deductions from Purchase Payments 28
Charges against Fund Value 28
Deductions from Fund Value 29
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. ANNUITY PROVISIONS 31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuity payments 31
Election and change of settlement option 31
Settlement options 31
Frequency of annuity payments 32
Additional provisions 32
Guaranteed Interest Account at annuitization 32
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. OTHER PROVISIONS 33
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ownership 33
Provision required by Section 72(s) of the Code 33
Provision required by Section 401(a)(9) of the Code 33
Secondary annuitant 34
Assignment 34
Change of beneficiary 34
Substitution of securities 34
Changes to Contracts 34
Change in operation of MONY America Variable Account A 35
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. VOTING RIGHTS 36
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS 37
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. FEDERAL TAX STATUS 39
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Introduction 39
Taxation of annuities in general 39
Retirement plans 40
Tax treatment of the Company 40
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION
BY REFERENCE 41
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 42
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 43
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A -- Condensed financial information A-1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table of contents ii
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
1. Summary of the Contract
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This summary provides you with a brief overview of the more important aspects
of your Contract, including the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment. It is not intended to be complete. More detailed information is
contained in this prospectus on the pages following this summary and in your
Contract. This summary and the entire prospectus will describe the part of the
contract involving MONY America Variable Account A. The prospectus also briefly
will describe the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment and
the portfolios offered by AXA Premier VIP Trust, Dreyfus Stock Index Fund,
Inc., EQ Advisors Trust, Fidelity Variable Insurance Products, Franklin
Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Janus Aspen Series, Oppenheimer
Variable Account Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust and ProFunds VP. See
applicable Fund prospectuses for more detailed information about the portfolios
offered by the Funds.
DEFINITIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Specialized terms will be defined on the page where they first appear enclosed
in a box.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PURPOSE OF THE CONTRACT
The Contract is an Individual Flexible Payment Variable Annuity Contract (the
"Contract" or "Contracts"). As of January 31, 2005, we no longer offer this
Contract. We will continue to accept Purchase Payments under existing
Contracts.
The Contract is designed to allow an owner to make Purchase Payments to the
Company under the Contract. Those Purchase Payments are allocated at the
owner's choice among the subaccounts of MONY America Variable Account A and the
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment. Those Purchase
Payments can accumulate for a period of time and create fund value for the
owner. The owner can choose the length of time that such Purchase Payments may
accumulate. The owner may choose at some point in the future to receive annuity
benefits based upon that accumulated fund value.
An owner may use the Contract's design to accumulate fund value for various
purposes including retirement or to supplement other retirement programs. Some
of these retirement programs (the "Qualified Plans") may qualify for federal
income tax advantages available under certain Sections of the Internal Revenue
Code (the "Code"), Sections 401, 403 (other than Section 403(b)), 408, 408A and
457, for example.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QUALIFIED PLANS -- Retirement plans that may receive favorable tax treatment
under certain Sections of the Internal Revenue Code.
QUALIFIED CONTRACTS -- Contracts issued under Qualified Plans.
NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS -- Contracts not issued under Qualified Plans.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
The Contract is also designed to allow the owner to request payments of part or
all of the accumulated fund value before the owner begins
to receive annuity benefits. This payment may result in the imposition of a
surrender charge and a market value adjustment. The market value adjustment
will not apply to Contracts issued in certain states. It may also be subject to
income and other taxes.
PURCHASE PAYMENTS AND FUND VALUE
You may allocate your Purchase Payments to one or more of the subaccounts of
MONY America Variable Account A that are available under the Contract and/or to
the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment. The Purchase
Payments you allocate among the various subaccounts of MONY America Variable
Account A may increase or decrease in value on any day depending on the
investment experience of the subaccounts you select. There is no guarantee that
the value of the Purchase Payments you allocate to any of the subaccounts of
MONY America Variable Account A will increase or that the Purchase Payments you
make will not lose value.
MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS
The minimum Purchase Payment for individuals varies depending upon the
purchaser of the Contract and the method of paying the Purchase Payments. See
"Payment and allocation of Purchase Payments."
Additional Purchase Payments may be made at any time. However, for certain
automatic payment plans, the smallest additional payment is $50. (See "Issuance
of the Contract.") The Company may change this requirement in the future.
MONY AMERICA VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
MONY America Variable Account A is a separate investment account of MONY Life
Insurance Company of America (the "Company"). MONY America Variable Account A's
assets are owned by the Company, but are not chargeable with liabilities
arising from any other business the Company conducts.
The subaccounts of MONY America Variable Account A invest in shares of the
Funds at their net asset value. (See "The Funds.") Owners bear the entire
investment risk for all amounts allocated to MONY America Variable Account A
subaccounts.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUND -- Any open-end management investment company or unit investment trust in
which a subaccount invests.
OWNER -- The person so designated in the application to whom all rights,
benefits, options and privileges apply while the Annuitant is living. If a
Contract has been absolutely assigned, the assignee becomes the Owner.
PURCHASE PAYMENT -- An amount paid to the Company by the Owner or on the
Owner's behalf as consideration for the benefits provided by the Contract.
NET PURCHASE PAYMENT -- Purchase Payment less any applicable tax
charges.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Summary of the Contract
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT WITH MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
The Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment is part of the
Company's General Account. It consists of all the Company's assets other than
assets allocated to segregated investment accounts of the Company. Net Purchase
Payments allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment will be credited with interest at rates guaranteed by the Company
for specified periods. (See "Description of the Guaranteed Interest Account
with Market Value Adjustment.")
The Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment is designed to
provide you with an opportunity to receive a guaranteed fixed rate of interest.
You can choose the period of time over which the guaranteed fixed rate of
interest will be paid. That period of time is known as the Accumulation Period.
The Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment is also designed
to provide you with the opportunity to transfer part or all of the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment to the Subaccounts available to
you under the Contract. It is also designed to provide you with the opportunity
to surrender part or all of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment before the end of the Accumulation Period. If you ask us to transfer
or surrender part or all of the Guaranteed Interest Account, we may apply a
market value adjustment ("MVA"). This adjustment may be positive, negative, or
zero.
THE ACCUMULATION PERIODS
There are 4 different Accumulation Periods currently available: a 3-year
Accumulation Period, a 5-year Accumulation Period, a 7-year Accumulation
Period, and a 10-year Accumulation Period. Certain states limit contracts to a
1-year Accumulation Period. You may allocate initial or additional Purchase
Payments made under the Contract to one or more Accumulation Periods. You may
also ask us to transfer Fund Values from the Subaccounts available under the
Contract to one or more of the Accumulation Periods. There is no minimum amount
required for allocation or transfer to an Accumulation Period. (See
"Allocations to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment.")
Each Accumulation Period starts on the Business Day that falls on, or next
follows, the date on which allocations are made and Purchase Payments are
received or Fund Values are transferred. Each Accumulation Period ends on the
Monthly Contract Anniversary immediately prior to the 3, 5, 7 or 10 year
anniversary of the start of the Accumulation Period (the "Maturity Date"). This
means that the Accumulation Period for a 3, 5, 7 or 10 year Accumulation Period
may be up to 31 days shorter than 3, 5, 7 or 10 years, respectively. (See
"Specified interest rates and the accumulation periods.")
CREDITING OF INTEREST
The Company will credit amounts allocated to an Accumulation Period with
interest at an annual rate not less than 3.50%. This interest rate is referred
to as the Specified Interest Rate. It will be credited for the duration of the
Accumulation Period. Specified Interest Rates for each Accumulation Period are
declared periodically at the sole discretion of the Company. (See "Specified
interest rates and the accumulation periods.")
At least 15 days and at most 45 days prior to the Maturity Date of an
Accumulation Period, Owners having Fund Values allocated to such Accumulation
Periods will be notified of the impending Maturity Date. Owners will then have
the option of directing the surrender or transfer (including transfers for the
purpose of obtaining a Loan) of the Fund Value within 30 days before the end of
the Accumulation Period without application of any MVA.
The Specified Interest Rate will be credited to amounts allocated to an
Accumulation Period, so long as such allocations are neither surrendered nor
transferred prior to the Maturity Date for the Allocation Period. The Specified
Interest Rate is credited daily, providing an annual effective yield. (See
"Specified interest rates and the accumulation periods.")
THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
Amounts that are surrendered or transferred (including transfers for the
purpose of obtaining a Loan) from an Accumulation Period more than 30 days
before the Maturity Date will be subject to an MVA. An MVA will not apply upon
payment of a death benefit upon the death of the annuitant. The MVA is
determined through the use of a factor, which is known as the MVA Factor. This
factor is discussed in detail in the section entitled "The Market Value
Adjustment." The MVA could cause an increase or decrease or no change at all in
the amount of the distribution from an Accumulation Period.
A market value adjustment will be imposed on transfers or surrenders (partial
or full) from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment in
most states. A market value adjustment will not be imposed on contracts issued
in the states of Maryland, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, New Jersey,
Oklahoma, Oregon, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Texas and
Washington; however, restrictions on transfers apply in these States. The
adjustment can be either
Summary of the Contract 2
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
a positive or negative adjustment. No adjustment is made for the amount
withdrawn or transferred within 30 days before the end of the accumulation
period.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUND VALUE -- The aggregate dollar value as of any Business Day of all amounts
accumulated under each of the subaccounts, the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment, and the Loan Account of the Contract. If the term Fund
Value is preceded or followed by the terms subaccount(s), the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment, and the Loan Account, or any one
or more of those terms, Fund Value means only the Fund Value of the subaccount,
the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment or the Loan
Account, as the context requires.
BUSINESS DAY -- Our "business day" is generally any day the New York Stock
Exchange is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern
Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). A business day does not
include a day on which we are not open due to emergency conditions determined
by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may also close early due to such
emergency conditions.
MONTHLY CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY -- The date of each month corresponding to the
Effective Date of the Contract. For example, for a Contract with a June 15
Effective Date, the Monthly Contract Anniversary is the 15th of each month. If
a Contract's Effective Date falls on the 29th, 30th or 31st day of a month, the
Monthly Contract Anniversary will be the earlier of that day or the last day of
the particular month in question.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSFER OF FUND VALUE
You may transfer Fund Value among the subaccounts and to or from the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment. Transfers from the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment may be subject to a Market Value
Adjustment for contracts issued in certain states. Transfers may be made by
telephone, facsimile or via the web if the proper form has been completed,
signed, and received by the Company at its Operations Center. See the cover
page for how to contact the Operations Center. (See "Transfers.")
CONTRACT LOANS
Under certain qualified contracts, you may borrow up to 50% of your Contract's
Fund Value from the Company. Your Contract will be the only security required
for the loan. Contracts issued to 401(k) plans are generally the only Contracts
which permit loans. An amount equal to the amount of the loan is transferred to
the loan account as security for the loan. The loan account is part of the
Company's General Account.
We will charge you interest on the amount borrowed. If you do not pay the
interest when due, the amount due will be borrowed from the Contract's Fund
Value.
SURRENDER
You may surrender all or part of the Contract at any time and receive its cash
value while the Annuitant is alive prior to the annuity starting date. We may
impose a surrender charge and market value adjustment (if applicable). The
amounts you receive upon surrender may be subject to income taxes and a 10%
penalty tax if you are younger than 59-1/2 at the time of surrender. (See
"Federal tax status.")
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
The Contract provides for the deduction of various charges and expenses from
the Fund Value of the Contract.
RIGHT TO RETURN CONTRACT PROVISION
This information is no longer applicable, as these contracts are no longer
available to new purchasers.
You have the right to examine the Contract when you receive it. You may return
the Contract for any reason during the "right to return contract period"
(usually within ten days from the day you receive it. You will receive a refund
of the Purchase Payments received by the Company, less any partial surrender
you made. During the right to return contract period, Purchase Payments will be
retained in the Company's General Account and will earn interest at a rate not
less than 3.50% per year. If you have not returned the Contract at the end of
the right to return contract period, we transfer the Net Purchase Payments with
interest to the subaccounts and/or the Guaranteed Interest Account.
DEATH BENEFIT
If the Annuitant (and the Secondary Annuitant, if any) dies before the annuity
starting date a death benefit will be payable to the Beneficiary. Under certain
circumstances, an enhanced death benefit may be payable. If the Annuitant dies
after annuity payments start, no death benefit is payable except as may be
payable under the settlement option selected. (See "Death benefit" and
"Enhanced death benefit.")
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUITANT -- The person upon whose continuation of life any annuity payment
depends.
SECONDARY ANNUITANT -- The party designated by the Owner to become the
Annuitant, subject to certain conditions, on the death of the Annuitant.
BENEFICIARY -- The party entitled to receive benefits payable at the death of
the Annuitant or (if applicable) the Secondary Annuitant.
ANNUITY STARTING DATE -- Attainment of age 95, or at the discretion of the
Owner of the Contract, a date that is at least ten years from the Effective
Date of the Contract.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Summary of the Contract
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
FEE TABLES
The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when
buying, owning, and surrendering the Contract.
The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time
that you buy the Contract, surrender the Contract, transfer Fund Value between
investment options, or for Contracts funding 401(k) plans only, take a loan. A
charge for taxes may also be deducted.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Owner Transaction Expenses:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum deferred sales load (surrender charge) (as a percentage of
Purchase Payments surrendered) 7.00%(1)
Loan interest spread (effective annual rate) 2.50%(2)
Maximum transfer charge $ 25(3)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The next table describes the fees and expense that you will pay periodically
during the time that you own the Contract, not including Fund portfolio company
fees and expenses.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum annual contract charge $ 50(4)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average annual
Fund Value in MONY America Variable Account A):
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum mortality and expense risk fees 1.35%(5)
Total separate account annual expenses 1.35%(5)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The surrender charge percentage, which reduces to zero, is determined under
a surrender charge schedule. (See "Deductions from fund value -- Amount of
surrender charge.") "The surrender charge may be reduced under certain
circumstances which include reduction in order to guarantee that certain
amounts may be received free of surrender charge. (See "Charges against
fund value -- Free partial surrender amount.")
(2) The loan interest spread is the difference between the amount of interest we
charge on loans and the amount of interest we credit to amounts held in the
loan account to secure loans.
(3) The transfer charge currently is $0. However, the Company has reserved the
right to impose a charge for each transfer, which will not exceed $25
(except for Contracts issued in the states of South Carolina and Texas where
it will not exceed $10). (See "Charges against fund value -- Transfer
charge.")
(4) The annual contract charge is currently $0. However, the Company may in the
future change the amount of the charge to an amount not exceeding $50 per
contract year (except for contracts issued in the states of Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania,
South Carolina, Texas and Washington where the charge may not exceed $30).
(See "Charges against fund value -- Annual contract charge.")
(5) The mortality and expense risk charge is deducted daily equivalent to a
current annual rate of 1.35% (and is guaranteed not to exceed a daily rate
equivalent to an annual rate of 1.35%) from the value of the net assets of
MONY America Variable Account A.
The next item shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by
the portfolio companies for the year ended December 31, 2008. You may pay
portfolio company operating expenses periodically during the time that you own
the Contract. Certain variable investment options invest in a corresponding
portfolio of one of the Trusts or other unaffiliated investment companies. Each
portfolio, in turn, invests in shares of other portfolios of the Trusts and/or
shares of unaffiliated portfolios ("underlying portfolios"). More detail
concerning each Fund portfolio company's fees and expenses is contained in the
prospectus for each portfolio.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Annual Fund Portfolio Operating Expenses Minimum Maximum
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expenses that are deducted from portfolio company assets, including management 0.28% 1.79%
fees, distributions and/or services fees (12b-1 fees), and other expenses
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the
Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include Owner transaction expenses, contract fees, separate account
annual expenses, and Fund fees and expenses for the year ended December 31,
2008.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Contract for the time
periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5%
return each year. The example assumes the maximum contract charges and annual
expenses of any of the Fund portfolios (before expense limitations) set forth
in the previous charts. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower,
based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
1. a. If you surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period
(assuming maximum fees and expenses of any of the Fund port folios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$1,005 $1,678 $2,365 $3,897
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of the Contract 4
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
b. If you surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period
(assuming minimum fees and expenses of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$864 $1,257 $1,664 $2,462
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. a. If you do not surrender your Contract (assuming maximum fees and expenses
of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$366 $1,114 $1,883 $3,897
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. If you do not surrender your Contract (assuming minimum fees and expenses
of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$216 $667 $1,144 $2,462
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. a. If you annuitize your Contract and the proceeds are settled under
Settlement Options 3 or 3A (life income with annuity options)
(assuming maximum fees and expenses of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$1,005 $1,114 $1,883 $3,897
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. If you annuitize your Contract and the proceeds are settled under
Settlement Options 3 or 3A (life income with annuity options) (assuming
minimum fees and expenses of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$864 $667 $1,144 $2,462
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. a. If you annuitize your Contract and the proceeds are settled under
Settlement Options 1, 2 or 4 (annuity income without life contingencies)
(assuming maximum fees and expenses of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$1,005 $1,678 $2,365 $3,897
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. If you annuitize your Contract and the proceeds are settled under
Settlement Options 1, 2 or 4 (annuity income without life contingencies)
(assuming minimum fees and expenses of any of the Fund portfolios):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$864 $1,257 $1,664 $2,462
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the purposes of the Fee Tables and the Example, we assume that the Contract
is owned during the accumulation period. (See "Charges and Deductions.") On and
after the annuity starting date, different fees and charges will apply.
OTHER CONTRACTS
We offer a variety of fixed and variable annuity contracts. They may offer
features, including investment options, fees and/or charges that are different
from those in the contracts offered by this Prospectus. Not every contract is
offered through the same distributor. Upon request, your registered
representative can show you information regarding other annuity contracts that
he or she distributes. You can also contact us to find out more about any of
MONY Life Insurance Company of America annuity contracts.
5 Summary of the Contract
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Please see Appendix A at the end of this prospectus for the unit values and the
number of units outstanding as of the end of the period shown for each of the
variable investment options available as of December 31, 2008.
Summary of the Contract 6
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
2. Who is MONY Life Insurance Company of America?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
We are MONY Life Insurance Company of America (the "Company"), an Arizona stock
life insurance corporation organized in 1969. The Company is an indirect,
wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA Financial, Inc., a holding company, which is
itself an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA SA ("AXA"). AXA is a French
holding company for an international group of insurance and related financial
services companies. As the ultimate sole shareholder of the Company, and under
its other arrangements with the Company and parent, AXA exercises significant
influence over the operations and capital structure of the Company and its
parent. AXA holds its interest in the Company through a number of other
intermediate holding companies, including Oudinot Participations, AXA America
Holdings Inc. AXA Equitable Financial Services, LLC, and MONY Life Insurance
Company, a life insurance company. The Company is obligated to pay all amounts
that are promised to be paid under the contracts. No company other than the
Company, however, has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that the Company
owes under the contracts.
AXA Financial, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries managed approximately
$543.2 billion in assets as of December 31, 2008. The Company is licensed to
sell life insurance and annuities in forty-nine states (not including New
York), the District of Columbia, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico. Our
home office is located at 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10104.
HOW TO REACH US
To obtain (1) any forms you need for communicating with us, (2) unit values and
other values under your policy, and (3) any other information or materials that
we provide in connection with your Contract or the Portfolios, you may
communicate with our processing office as listed below for the purposes
described. Please refer to "Telephone/ Fax/Web Transactions" for effective
dates for processing telephone, Internet, and facsimile requests, later in this
prospectus. Certain methods of contacting us, such as by telephone or
electronically may be unavailable or delayed (for example our fax service may
not be available at all times and/or we may be unavailable due to emergency
closing). In addition, the level and type of service available may be
restricted based on criteria established by us.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BY MAIL:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For contract owner inquiries, write our Operations Center:
MONY Life Insurance Company of America
Policyholder Services
100 Madison Street
Syracuse, New York 13202
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BY TOLL-FREE PHONE:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customer service representatives are available weekdays from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00
p.m., Eastern Time at 1-800-487-6669.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BY INTERNET:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If you are an AXA Advisors client, our Website is www.axaonline.com. All other
clients may access Online Account Access by visiting our other Website at
www.axa-equitable.com. Our Websites provide access to account information and
customer service. After enrolling and setting up a password, you can view
account details, perform certain transactions, print customer service forms and
find answers to Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs).
You can also change your allocation percentages, transfer among investment
options, make a payment, and/or change your address (1) by toll-free phone, (2)
over the Internet, through Online Account Access, or (3) by writing our
Operations Center. For more information about the transaction requests you can
make by phone, fax or internet, see "Telephone/fax/web transactions" later in
this prospectus.
MONY AMERICA VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
MONY America Variable Account A is a separate investment account of the
Company. Presently, only Purchase Payments for individual flexible payment
variable annuity contracts are permitted to be allocated to MONY America
Variable Account A. The assets in MONY America Variable Account A are kept
separate from the General Account assets and other separate accounts of the
Company.
The Company owns the assets in MONY America Variable Account A. The Company is
required to keep assets in MONY America Variable Account A that equal the total
market value of the contract liabilities funded by MONY America Variable
Account A. Realized or unrealized income gains or losses of MONY America
Variable Account A are credited or charged against MONY America Variable
Account A assets without regard to the other income, gains or losses of the
Company. Reserves and other liabilities under the contracts are assets of MONY
America Variable Account A. MONY America Variable Account A assets are not
chargeable with liabilities of the Company's other businesses. The assets of
MONY America Variable Account A are, however, available to cover the
liabilities of the Company's General Account to the extent that the assets of
MONY America Variable Account A exceed the liabilities of the Contracts
supported by it. The amount of some of our obligations under the Contracts is
based on the assets in MONY America Variable Account A. However, the
obligations themselves are obligations of the Company.
MONY America Variable Account A was authorized by the Board of Directors of the
Company and established under Arizona law on March 27, 1987. MONY America
Variable Account A is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the
"1940 Act") and is registered and classified under that act as a "unit
investment trust". The SEC, however, does not manage or supervise the Company
or MONY America Variable Account A. Although MONY America Variable Account A is
registered, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") does not monitor
the activity of MONY America Variable Account A on a daily basis. The Company
is not required to register,
7 Who is MONY Life Insurance Company of America?
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
and is not registered, as an investment company under the "1940 Act". A unit
investment trust is a type of investment company. For state law purposes, MONY
America Variable Account A is treated as a part or division of the Company.
MONY America Variable Account A is divided into subdivisions called
subaccounts. Each subaccount invests only in shares of a designated portfolio
of the Funds. For example, the EQ/Long Term Bond Subaccount invests solely in
shares of the EQ/Long Term Bond Portfolio of the EQ Advisors Trust. These
portfolios serve only as the underlying investment for variable annuity and
variable life insurance contracts issued through separate accounts of the
Company or other life insurance companies. The portfolios may also be available
to certain pension accounts. The portfolios are not available directly to
individual investors. In the future, we reserve the right, in compliance with
the laws that apply, to establish additional subaccounts; eliminate
subaccounts; combine any two or more subaccounts; transfer the assets we
determine to be the shares of the class of contracts to which the contracts
belong from any subaccount to another subaccount; restrict or eliminate any
voting rights as to the MONY America Variable Account A; and cause one or more
subaccounts to invest some or all of their assets in one or more other trusts
or investment companies of MONY America Variable Account A if marketing needs,
tax conditions, or investment conditions warrant. Future subaccounts may invest
in other portfolios of the Funds or in other securities, as permitted by
applicable law. Any new subaccounts may be made available to existing contracts
on a basis to be determined by us. If any of these changes are made, we may, by
appropriate endorsement, change the Contract to reflect the change.
Who is MONY Life Insurance Company of America? 8
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
3. The Funds
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Each available subaccount of MONY America Variable Account A will invest only
in the shares of the Funds. The Funds are registered with the SEC under the
1940 Act. The Funds, or any of them, may withdraw from sale any or all the
respective portfolios as allowed by applicable law. Not all Funds may be
available in all states or in all markets.
You should note that some portfolios have objectives and strategies that are
substantially similar to those of certain funds that are purchased directly
rather than under a variable insurance product such as the Contract. These
portfolios may even have the same manager(s) and/or a similar name. However,
there are numerous factors that can contribute to differences in performance
between two investments, particularly over short periods of time. Such factors
include fees; the timing of stock purchases and sales; differences in fund cash
flows; and specific strategies employed by the portfolio manager.
The AXA Allocation Portfolios offer contract owners a convenient opportunity to
invest in other portfolios that are managed and have been selected for
inclusion in the AXA Allocation Portfolios by AXA Equitable Life Insurance
Company ("AXA Equitable"), the investment manager of the AXA Premier VIP Trust
and EQ Advisors Trust. AXA Advisors, LLC, an affiliated broker-dealer of the
Company, may promote the benefits of such portfolios to contract owners and/or
suggest, incidental to the sale of this Contract, that contract owners consider
whether allocating some or all of their account value to such portfolios is
consistent with their desired investment objectives. In doing so, AXA
Equitable, and/or its affiliates, may be subject to conflicts of interest
insofar as AXA Equitable may derive greater revenues from the AXA Allocation
Portfolios than certain other portfolios available to you under your Contract.
Please see "Payment and allocation of Purchase Payments" in "Detailed
information about the Contract" for more information about your role in
managing your allocations.
For some portfolios, AXA Equitable has entered into sub-advisory agreements
with investment advisers (the "sub-advisers") to carry out the day-to-day
investment decisions for the portfolios. As such, AXA Equitable oversees the
activities of the sub-advisers with respect to the Trusts and is responsible
for retaining or discontinuing the services of those sub-advisers. The chart
below indicates the investment manager or sub-adviser(s), as applicable, for
each portfolio.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Manager (or Sub-Adviser(s),
Portfolio Name Objective as applicable)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA PREMIER VIP TRUST -- CLASS B SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA AGGRESSIVE ALLOCATION* Seeks long-term capital appreciation. o AXA Equitable
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA CONSERVATIVE Seeks a high level of current income. o AXA Equitable
ALLOCATION*
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA CONSERVATIVE-PLUS Seeks current income and growth of capital, with a o AXA Equitable
ALLOCATION* greater emphasis on current income.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA MODERATE ALLOCATION* Seeks long-term capital appreciation and current income. o AXA Equitable
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA MODERATE-PLUS Seeks long-term capital appreciation and current income o AXA Equitable
ALLOCATION* with a greater emphasis on capital appreciation.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MULTIMANAGER SMALL CAP Long-term growth of capital. o Eagle Asset Management, Inc.
GROWTH
o Wells Capital Management Inc.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DREYFUS STOCK INDEX FUND, INC. -- INITIAL SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DREYFUS STOCK INDEX FUND, The fund seeks to match the total return of the Standard o The Dreyfus Corporation (the index
INC. & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index. fund manager is Mellon Capital
Management Corporation)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ ADVISORS TRUST CLASS 1A AND CLASS 1B SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALL ASSET ALLOCATION Seeks long-term capital appreciation and current income. o AXA Equitable
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/BLACKROCK BASIC VALUE Seeks to achieve capital appreciation and secondarily, o BlackRock Investment Management, LLC
EQUITY income.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 The Funds
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Manager (or Sub-Adviser(s),
Portfolio Name Objective as applicable)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ ADVISORS TRUST CLASS 1A AND CLASS 1B SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/BOND INDEX Seeks to achieve a total return before expenses that o Standish Mellon Asset Management
approximates the total return performance of the Lehman Company, LLC
Brothers Aggregate Bond Index ("Index"), including rein-
vestment of coupon payments, at a risk level consistent
with that of the Index.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/BOSTON ADVISORS EQUITY Seeks to achieve a combination of growth and income to o Boston Advisors, LLC
INCOME achieve an above-average and consistent total return.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/CALVERT SOCIALLY Seeks to achieve long-term capital appreciation. o Calvert Asset Management Company,
RESPONSIBLE Inc.
o Bridgeway Capital Management Inc.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/CAPITAL GUARDIAN Seeks to achieve long-term growth of capital. o Capital Guardian Trust Company
RESEARCH
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/CAYWOOD-SCHOLL HIGH Seeks to maximize current income. o Caywood-Scholl Capital Management
YIELD BOND
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/CORE BOND INDEX Seeks to provide a high total return consistent with o JPMorgan Investment Management Inc.
moderate risk to capital and maintenance of liquidity.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/FOCUS PLUS(1) Seeks to achieve long-term growth of capital. o Marsico Capital Management, LLC
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/GAMCO MERGERS AND Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. o GAMCO Asset Management Inc.
ACQUISITIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/GAMCO SMALL COMPANY Seeks to maximize capital appreciation. o GAMCO Asset Management Inc.
VALUE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/GOVERNMENT SECURITIES Seeks to maximize income and capital appreciation o BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
through investment in the highest credit quality debt
obligations.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/INTERNATIONAL GROWTH Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. o MFS Investment Management
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/LONG TERM BOND Seeks to maximize income and capital appreciation o BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
through investment in long-maturity debt obligations.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/LORD ABBETT GROWTH AND Seeks to achieve capital appreciation and growth of o Lord, Abbett & Co., LLC
INCOME income without excessive fluctuation in market value.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/LORD ABBETT MID CAP VALUE Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. o Lord, Abbett & Co., LLC
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/MID CAP INDEX Seeks to achieve long-term growth of capital. o Fidelity Management & Research
Company
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/MONEY MARKET Seeks to obtain a high level of current income, preserve o The Dreyfus Corporation
its assets and maintain liquidity.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/MONTAG & CALDWELL Seeks to achieve capital appreciation. o Montag & Caldwell, Inc.
GROWTH
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/PIMCO ULTRA SHORT BOND(2) Seeks to achieve maximum real return consistent with o Pacific Investment Management
preservation of real capital and prudent investment man- Company, LLC
agement.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/SHORT DURATION BOND Seeks to achieve current income with reduced volatility of o BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
principal.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/T. ROWE PRICE GROWTH Seeks to achieve long-term growth of capital appreciation o T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
STOCK and secondarily, income.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/UBS GROWTH AND INCOME Seeks to achieve total return through capital appreciation o UBS Global Asset Management
with income as a secondary consideration. (Americas) Inc.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Funds 10
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Manager (or Sub-Adviser(s),
Portfolio Name Objective as applicable)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ ADVISORS TRUST CLASS 1A AND CLASS 1B SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/VAN KAMPEN MID CAP Seeks to achieve capital growth. o Morgan Stanley Investment Management
GROWTH Inc.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQ/VAN KAMPEN REAL ESTATE Seeks to provide above average current income o Morgan Stanley Investment Management
and longterm capital appreciation. Inc.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIDELITY(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS (VIP) -- SERVICE CLASS 2 SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRAFUND(R) PORTFOLIO Seeks long-term capital appreciation. o Fidelity Management Research Company
(subadvised by FMR Co., Inc. and
Fidelity Research and Analysis
Company)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS TRUST -- CLASS 2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRANKLIN INCOME SECURITIES Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects o Franklin Advisers, Inc.
FUND for capital appreciation.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRANKLIN RISING DIVIDENDS Seeks long-term capital appreciation, with preservation o Franklin Advisory Services, LLC
SECURITIES FUND of capital as an important consideration.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRANKLIN ZERO COUPON FUND Seeks as high an investment return as is consistent with o Franklin Advisers, Inc.
2010 capital preservation.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JANUS ASPEN SERIES -- SERVICE SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCED PORTFOLIO Seeks long-term capital growth, consistent with preserva- o Janus Capital Management LLC
tion of capital and balanced by current income.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENTERPRISE PORTFOLIO(3) Seeks long-term growth of capital. o Janus Capital Management LLC
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORTY PORTFOLIO(4) Seeks long-term growth of capital. o Janus Capital Management LLC
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WORLDWIDE PORTFOLIO(5) Seeks long-term growth of capital in a manner consistent o Janus Capital Management LLC
with the preservation of capital.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS -- SERVICE CLASS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing a o OppenheimerFunds, Inc.
SECURITIES FUND/VA substantial portion of its assets in securities of
foreign issuers, "growth-type" companies, cyclical
industries and special situations that are considered
to have appreciation possibilities.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST -- ADMINISTRATIVE CLASS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GLOBAL BOND PORTFOLIO Seeks to maximize total return, consistent with preserva- o Pacific Investment Management
(UNHEDGED) tion of capital and prudent investment management. Company, LLC
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFUNDS VP
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFUND VP BEAR Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses o ProFund Advisors
that correspond to the inverse (opposite) of the daily
performance of the S&P 500 Index.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFUND VP RISING RATES Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, o ProFund Advisors
OPPORTUNITY that correspond to one and one-quarter times (125%)
the inverse (opposite) of the daily price movement of
the most recently issued 30-year U.S. Treasury Bond
("Long Bond").
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 The Funds
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Manager (or Sub-Adviser(s), as
Portfolio Name Objective applicable)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFUNDS VP
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFUND VP ULTRABULL Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, o ProFund Advisors
that correspond to twice (200%) the daily performance of
the S&P 500 Index.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The "AXA Allocation" portfolios.
(1) This is the subaccount's new name, effective on or about May 1, 2009,
subject to regulatory approval. Its former name is EQ/Marsico Focus.
(2) This is the subaccount's new name, effective on or about May 1, 2009,
subject to regulatory approval. Its former name is EQ/PIMCO Real Return.
(3) This is the subaccount's new name, effective on or about May 1, 2009.
Its former name is Janus Aspen Mid Cap Growth.
(4) Unlike the other Funds, the Janus Aspen Forty Portfolio is a non-
diversified, open-end management investment company. A nondiversified
Fund may hold a larger position in a smaller number of securities than
a diversified Fund. This means that a single security's increase or
decrease in value may have a greater impact on the return and net asset
value of a non-diversified Fund than a diversified Fund.
(5) This is the subaccount's new name, effective on or about May 1, 2009.
Its former name is Janus Aspen Worldwide Growth.
You should consider the investment objectives, risks and charges and expenses
of the portfolios carefully before investing. Share classes, where applicable,
are defined in the corresponding Fund prospectus. The prospectuses for the Fund
contain this and other important information about the portfolios. The
prospectuses should be read carefully before investing. In order to obtain
copies of Fund prospectuses that do not accompany this prospectus, you may call
one of our customer service representatives at 1-800-487-6669.
Each Owner should periodically review their allocation of Purchase Payments and
Fund Value among the subaccounts and the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment in light of their current objectives, the current
market conditions, and the risks of investing in each of the Funds' various
portfolios. A full description of the objectives, policies, restrictions, risks
and expenses for each of the Funds' portfolios can be found in the prospectus
for each of the Funds.
The Funds 12
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
PURCHASE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES BY MONY AMERICA VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
MONY America Variable Account A will buy and redeem shares from the Funds at
net asset value. Shares will be redeemed when needed for the Company to:
o collect charges under the Contracts;
o pay Cash Value on full surrenders of the Contract;
o fund partial surrenders;
o provide benefits under the Contracts; and
o transfer assets from one subaccount to another or between one or more
subaccounts of MONY America Variable Account A and the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment as requested by Owners.
Any dividend or capital gain distribution received from a portfolio of a Fund
will be:
o reinvested immediately at net asset value in shares of that portfolio; and
o kept as assets of the corresponding subaccount.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH VALUE -- The Contract's Fund Value, less (1) any applicable surrender
charge, (2) any outstanding debt, and (3) any applicable market value
adjustment.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shares of the Funds are not sold directly to the general public. They are sold
to the Company, and may be sold to other insurance companies that issue
variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts. In addition, they may
be sold to retirement plans.
When a Fund sells shares in any of its portfolios both to variable annuity and
to variable life insurance company separate accounts, it engages in mixed
funding. When a Fund sells shares in any of its portfolios to separate accounts
of unaffiliated life insurance companies, it engages in shared funding. Each
Fund may engage in mixed and shared funding. Therefore, due to differences in
redemption rates or tax treatment, or other considerations, the interests of
various shareholders participating in a Fund could conflict.
The Board of Directors or Trustees of each of the Funds monitors the respective
Fund for the existence of material irreconcilable conflict between the
interests of variable annuity Owners and variable life insurance Owners. The
Boards shall report any such conflict to the boards of the Company and its
affiliates. The Boards of Directors of the Company and its affiliates have
agreed to be responsible for reporting any potential or existing mixed and
shared funding conflicts to the Directors and Trustees of each of the relevant
Funds. The Boards of Directors of the Company and its affiliates will remedy
any conflict at their own cost. The remedy may include establishing a new
registered management investment company and segregating the assets underlying
the variable annuity contracts and the variable life insurance contracts.
13 The Funds
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
4. Detailed information about the Contract
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Fund Value in MONY America Variable Account A and in the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment provide many of the benefits of
your Contract. The information in this section describes the benefits,
features, charges and major provisions of the Contract and the extent to which
those depend upon the Fund Value, particularly the Fund Value in MONY America
Variable Account A. There may be differences in your Contract, such as
differences in fees, charges and benefits because of the state where we issued
your Contract. We will include any such differences in your Contract.
PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS
ISSUANCE OF THE CONTRACT
Disclosure regarding contract issuance and minimum initial Purchase Payments is
for informational purposes only. This Contract is no longer available to new
purchasers.
The Contract is between you and the Company. The Contract is not an investment
advisory account, and the Company is not providing any investment advice or
managing the allocations under your Contract. In the absence of a specific
written arrangement to the contrary, you as the owner of the Contract, have the
sole authority to make investment allocations and other decisions under the
Contract. Your AXA Advisors' financial professional is acting as a
broker-dealer registered representative, and is not authorized to act as an
investment advisor or to manage the allocations under your Contract. If your
financial professional is a registered representative with a broker-dealer
other than AXA Advisors, you should speak with him/her regarding any different
arrangements that may apply.
Individuals who want to buy a Contract must:
(1) Complete an application;
(2) Personally deliver the application to
(a) a licensed agent of the Company who is also a registered representative
of AXA Advisors, LLC or AXA Distributors, LLC (together, the
"Distributors") who act as the principal underwriters for the
Contracts, or
(b) a licensed agent who is also a registered representative of a broker
dealer which had been authorized by the Distributors to sell the
Contract; and
(3) Pay the minimum initial Purchase Payment.
If we receive a completed application and all other information necessary for
processing a purchase order at our Operations Center, we will apply your
initial Purchase Payment no later than two Business Days after we receive the
order. While attempting to finish an incomplete application, we may hold your
initial Purchase Payment for no more than five Business Days. If an incomplete
application cannot be completed within those five days, we will inform you of
the reasons, and will return your Purchase Payment immediately (unless you
specifically authorize us to keep it until the application is complete). Once
you complete your application, we must apply the initial Purchase Payment
within two Business Days. We will apply any additional Purchase Payments you
make on the Business Day we receive them at our Operations Center.
The Contract may be used with certain tax qualified plans. The Contract
includes attributes such as tax deferral on accumulated earnings. Qualified
retirement plans provide their own tax deferral benefit; the purchase of this
Contract does not provide additional tax deferral benefits beyond those
provided in the Qualified Plan. Accordingly, if you are purchasing this
Contract, you should purchase it for its death benefit, annuity benefits, and
other non-tax related benefits. Please consult a tax adviser for information
specific to your circumstances in order to determine whether the Contract is an
appropriate investment for you.
The minimum initial Purchase Payment for individuals varies depending upon the
use of the Contract and the method of purchase. The chart below shows the
minimum initial Purchase Payment for each situation.
Detailed information about the Contract 14
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use of Contract or Method of Making Purchase Payment Minimum Initial Purchase Payment
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Individual retirement accounts and annuities under Section 408 of the Code (other
than Simplified Employee Pensions), including Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the
Code $2,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Qualified Contracts $2,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H.R. 10 plans (self-employed individuals' retirement plans under Section 401 of the
Code), certain corporate or association retirement plans, and Simplified Employee
Pensions under Section 408 of the Code $600
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annuity purchase plans sponsored by certain tax-exempt organizations, governmental
entities and deferred compensation plans under Section 457 of the Code $600
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annualized rate of $600 (i.e., $600 per
year, $300 semiannually, $150 quarterly
Payroll deduction and automatic checking account withdrawal plans or $50 per month)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Government Allotment Plans $50 per month
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GOVERNMENT ALLOTMENT PLANS -- Payroll deduction plans used for financial
products by government employees.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Purchase Payments may be made at any time before the Annuity
starting date as long as the Annuitant is living. However, for certain
automatic payment plans, the smallest additional payment is $50. The Company
reserves the right to revise its rules from time to time to specify different
minimum Purchase Payments for such plans. In addition, the prior approval of
the Company is needed before it will accept a Purchase Payment if, with that
Payment, that would cause Cumulative Purchase Payments, less any partial
surrenders and their surrender charges and market value adjustment, to exceed
$1,500,000.
The Company reserves the right to reject an application for any reason
permitted by law.
Net Purchase Payments received before the Effective Date will be held in the
Company's General Account and will be credited with interest at not less than
3.50% per year if:
(1) the Contract is issued by the Company, and
(2) the Contract is delivered to the Owner.
No interest will be paid if the Contract is not issued or if it is declined by
the Owner.
These amounts will be held in the General Account pending end of the right to
return contract period. (See below.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFFECTIVE DATE -- The date the contract begins as shown in the Contract.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAX-FREE "SECTION 1035" EXCHANGES
The Owner can generally exchange one annuity contract for another in a
"tax-free exchange" under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code. Similar
rules may apply to changing the funding vehicle in a Qualified Plan. Before
making the exchange, the Owner should compare both contracts carefully.
Remember that if you exchange another contract for the one described in this
prospectus, you might have to pay a surrender charge on the old contract. There
will be a new surrender charge period for this Contract and other charges may
be higher (or lower) and the benefits may be different. If the exchange does
not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, the Owner may have to pay federal
income tax, and penalty taxes on the exchange. The Owner should not exchange
another contract for this one unless he or she determines, after knowing all
the facts, that the exchange is in the Owner's best interest and not just
better for the person trying to sell the Owner this Contract (that person will
generally earn a commission if the Owner buys this Contract through an exchange
or otherwise).
RIGHT TO RETURN CONTRACT PROVISION
This information is no longer applicable, as these contracts are no longer
available to new purchasers.
The Owner may return the Contract during the right to return contract period
(usually within 10 days of the delivery date). The Contract must be returned to
the Company or any agent of the Company. When the Company receives the
Contract, it will be voided as if it were never in effect. The amount to be
refunded is equal to the Purchase Payments received by the Company less any
partial surrender you made. During the right to return contract period,
Purchase Payments will be retained in the Company's General Account and will
earn interest at a rate not less than 3.50% per year. If you have not returned
the Contract at the end of the right to return contract period, we transfer the
Net Purchase Payments with interest to the subaccounts and/or the Guaranteed
Interest Account.
For contracts issued in the State of Washington, an additional 10% penalty will
be added to any Purchase Payment refund due that is not paid within 30 days of
return of the Contract to the Company. For contracts issued in the State of
Oklahoma, if payment is delayed more than 30 days, the Company will pay
interest on the proceeds at a rate required by Oklahoma law.
ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS AND FUND VALUE
ALLOCATION OF PAYMENTS. On the application, the Owner may allocate Net
Purchase Payments to any of the available subaccounts of MONY America Variable
Account A or to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment.
Net Purchase Payments (and any interest thereon) are held in the General
Account if they are received before
15 Detailed information about the Contract
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
the end of the right to return contract period. The Net Purchase Payments will
earn interest at a rate not less than 3.50% per year beginning on the later of:
(1) the Effective Date of the Contract, or
(2) the date the Payment is received at the Company's Operations Center.
Net Purchase Payments will continue to earn 3.50% annual interest until the
right to return contract period expires. (See "Right to return contract
provision" above.) After the right to return contract period has expired, the
Contract's Fund Value will automatically be transferred to MONY America
Variable Account A subaccount(s) or to the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment according to the Owner's allocation instructions.
After the right to return contract period ends, under a non-automatic payment
plan, if the Owner does not:
(1) specify the amount to be allocated among subaccounts, or
(2) specify the percentage to be allocated among subaccounts, or
(3) the amount or percentage specified is incorrect or incomplete,
the Net Purchase Payments will be allocated under the Owner's most recent
instructions on record with the Company. The percentage specified must not be
less than 10% of the Net Purchase Payment. For automatic payment plans, Net
Purchase Payments will be allocated according to the Owner's most recent
instructions on record.
The Owner may change the specified allocation formula for future Net Purchase
Payments at any time without charge by sending written notification to the
Company at the Operations Center. Prior allocation instructions may also be
changed by telephone, facsimile or via the Web subject to the rules of the
Company and its right to terminate or modify telephone, facsimile or via the
Web allocation. The Company reserves the right to deny any telephone, facsimile
or via the Web allocation request. (See "Telephone/fax/web transactions.") Any
such change, whether made in writing or by telephone, facsimile or via the Web,
will be effective within 7 days of the date we receive notice of the change.
Net Purchase Payments may be allocated in whole percentages to any of the
available subaccounts and to the Guaranteed Interest Account. Allocations must
be in whole percentages, and no allocation may be for less than 5% of a Net
Purchase Payment. Allocation percentages must total 100%. Contracts issued in
the states of Maryland, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Carolina, Texas and
Washington and the Commonwealths of Massachusetts and Pennsylvania must
maintain a minimum fund value balance of $2,500 in the Guaranteed Interest
Account when an allocation to said account is chosen.
CALCULATING UNIT VALUES FOR EACH SUBACCOUNT
When allocated Purchase Payments are received they are credited to subaccounts
of MONY America Variable Account A in the form of units. The number of units is
determined by dividing the dollar amount allocated to a particular subaccount
by the unit value for that subaccount for the Business Day on which the
Purchase Payment is received.
To determine the unit value of a subaccount on each Business Day, the Company
takes the prior Business Day's unit value and multiplies it by the Net
Investment Factor for the current Business Day. The Net Investment Factor is
used to measure the investment performance of a subaccount from one Business
Day to the next. The Net Investment Factor for each subaccount equals:
(1) the net asset value per share of each Fund held in the subaccount at the
end of the current Business Day divided by
(2) the net asset value per share of each Fund held in the subaccount at the
end of the prior Business day, minus
(3) the daily mortality and expense risk charge and any other applicable
charges adjusted for the number of calendar days in the period.
The unit value of these subaccounts may increase, decrease or remain the same
from Business Day to Business Day. The unit value depends on the investment
performance of the portfolio of the Fund in which the subaccount invests and
any expenses and charges deducted from MONY America Variable Account A. The
Owner bears the entire investment risk. Owners should periodically review their
allocations of payments and values in light of market conditions and overall
financial planning requirements.
CALCULATION OF GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT WITH MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT FUND
VALUE
Net Purchase Payments to be allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment will be credited to the Accumulation Period chosen by
the Owner on:
(1) the date received at the Operations Center, or
(2) if the day Net Purchase Payments are received is not a Business Day, then
on the next Business Day.
Interest will be credited daily.
CALCULATION OF FUND VALUE
The Contract's Fund Value will reflect:
o The investment performance of the selected subaccount(s) of MONY America
Variable Account A;
o Amounts credited (including interest) to the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment;
o Any amount in the loan account;
o Any Net Purchase Payments;
o Any transfer charges;
o Any partial surrenders; and
o All contract charges (including surrender charges and market value
adjustments) imposed.
There is no guaranteed minimum Fund Value, except to the extent Net Purchase
Payments have been allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment. Because a Contract's Fund Value at any future date will be
dependent on a number of variables, it cannot be predetermined.
Detailed information about the Contract 16
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
The Fund Value will be computed first on the Effective Date and thereafter on
each Business Day. On the Effective Date, the Contract's Fund Value will be the
Net Purchase Payments received plus any interest credited on those Payments
during the period when Net Purchase Payments are held in the General Account.
(See "Issuance of the Contract.")
After amounts allocated to the subaccounts are transferred from the General
Account to MONY America Variable Account A, on each Business Day, the
Contract's Fund Value will be computed as follows:
(1) Determine the aggregate of the Fund Values attributable to the Contract in
each of the subaccounts on that Business Day. This is done by multiplying
the subaccount's unit value on that date by the number of subaccount units
allocated to the Contract. The computation of the Contract's Fund Value in
the subaccount is done before any other Contract transactions on that
Business Day.
(2) Add any amount credited to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment before that Business Day. This amount is the aggregate of
all Net Purchase Payments allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account
with Market Value Adjustment and:
o The addition of any interest credited.
o Addition or subtraction of any amounts transferred.
o Subtraction of any partial surrenders.
o Subtraction of any contract charges, surrender charges, transfer
charges, and any Market Value Adjustments
(3) Add the value held in the loan account to secure contract loans and
interest credited on that day on that amount;
(4) Add any Net Purchase Payment received on that Business Day;
(5) Subtract any partial surrender amount (reflecting any surrender charge and
Market Value Adjustment) made on that Business Day;
(6) Subtract any annual contract charge and/or transfer charge deductible on
that Business Day.
Regarding (1) above, for each subaccount we multiply the number of units
credited to that subaccount by its unit value on that Business Day. The
multiplication is done BEFORE the purchase or redemption of any units on that
Business Day.
If a transaction would ordinarily require that the Contract's Fund Value be
computed for a day that is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day
will be used.
TRANSFERS. You may transfer the value of the Contract among the subaccounts
after the right to return contract period has expired by sending a proper
written request to the Company's Operations Center. Transfers may be made by
telephone, facsimile or via the web if you have proper authorization. (See
"Telephone/fax/web transactions.") Transfers from a subaccount will be executed
at the net asset value next calculated by the Company if the transfer
instruction is received and acknowledged by 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time on a day on
which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business. If the New York Stock
Exchange is not open for business on the day of receipt, the transfer
instruction will be executed at the net asset value calculated at the close of
business on the first day thereafter on which the New York Stock Exchange is
open for business. Such transfers are subject to the Company's rules and
conditions for such privilege. Currently, there are no limitations on the
number of transfers between subaccounts. Our current transfer restrictions are
set forth in the "Disruptive transfer activity" section below.
Transfers among, to and from subaccounts may be postponed for any period during
which:
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or
(2) trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted as determined by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or
(3) an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of securities held by the
Fund is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
determine the value of the net assets of the Fund.
A transfer charge is not currently imposed on transfers. (See "Charges against
fund value -- Transfer charge.") However, the Company reserves the right to
impose a charge which will not exceed $25 per transfer (except for contracts
issued in the states of South Carolina and Texas where it will not exceed $10).
If imposed the charge will be deducted from the first subaccount(s) or the
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment Accumulation Period
you designate funds to be transferred from. This charge is in addition to the
amount transferred. All transfers in a single request are treated as one
transfer transaction. A transfer resulting from the first reallocation of Fund
Value at the end of the right to return contract period and transfers made at
the end of an Accumulation Period of amounts allocated to the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment (see below) will not be subject
to a transfer charge. Under present law, transfers are not taxable
transactions.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFFECTIVE DATE -- The date shown as the Effective Date of the Contract.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSFERS INVOLVING THE GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT WITH MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT. Transfers may be made from the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment at any time, but, if they are made before the end of
the 3, 5, 7, or 10 year accumulation period there will be a market value
adjustment for contracts issued in most states. If the transfer request is
received within 30 days before the end of the Accumulation Period, no market
value adjustment will apply.
Contracts issued in Maryland, New Jersey, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Texas and
Washington and the Commonwealths of Massachusetts and Pennsylvania, to the
extent the Owner allocates investments to the Guaranteed Interest Account, must
maintain a minimum Fund Value in the Guaranteed Interest Account of $2,500.
Please see "Payment and allocation of Purchase Payments" earlier in this
section for more information about your role in managing your allocations.
PORTFOLIO REBALANCING
Our portfolio rebalancing program can help prevent a well-conceived investment
strategy from becoming diluted over time. Investment performance will likely
cause the allocation percentages you originally
17 Detailed information about the Contract
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
selected to shift. With this program, you may instruct us to periodically
reallocate values in your Contract. The program does not guarantee an
investment gain or protect against an investment loss. You may elect or
terminate the rebalancing program at any time. You may also change your
allocations under the program at any time. Requesting a transfer while enrolled
in our rebalancing program will automatically terminate your participation in
the program. This means that your account will no longer be rebalanced on a
periodic basis. You must provide us with written instructions if you wish your
account to be rebalanced in the future.
TELEPHONE/FAX/WEB TRANSACTIONS
Prior allocation instructions may be changed or transfers requested by
telephone, fax or via the web subject to the Company's guidelines (which we
believe to be reasonable) and the Company's right to modify or terminate the
telephone/fax/web privilege. The Company reserves the right to deny any
telephone, fax or web request.
If all telephone lines are busy or the internet is not available (for example,
during periods of substantial market fluctuations), Owners may be unable to
request telephone, fax or web allocation changes or transfers by telephone, fax
or web. In such cases, an Owner would submit a written request.
We have adopted guidelines relating to changes of allocations and transfers by
telephone, fax or the web which, among other things, outlines procedures
designed to prevent unauthorized instructions. If the Owner does not follow
these procedures :
(1) the Company shall not be liable for any loss as a result of following
fraudulent telephone, fax or web instructions; and
(2) the Owner will, therefore, bear the entire risk of loss due to fraudulent
telephone, fax or web instructions.
A copy of the guidelines and our form for electing telephone/facsimile transfer
privileges is available from your financial professional or by calling us at
1-800-487-6669, Monday through Friday, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Eastern Time. Web
transfer privileges and a copy of the guidelines and forms are available online
at www.axaonline.com. The telephone or fax allocation and transfer privileges
may also be elected by completing the telephone or fax authorization. The
Company's form or a Contract application with a completed telephone or fax
authorization must be signed and received at the Company's Operations Center
before telephone or fax allocation instructions will be accepted. To elect web
allocation and transfer privileges, you must log on to www.axaonline.com, and
register for online account access. This online application must be
electronically signed and received by the Company via the internet before web
transaction instructions will be accepted.
SPECIAL NOTE ON RELIABILITY. Please note that the internet and our telephone
system may not always be available. Any system, whether it is yours, your
service provider's, or your registered representative's, can experience
unscheduled outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. These outages or
slowdowns may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although we have
taken precautions to help our systems handle heavy use, we cannot promise
complete reliability under all circumstances. If you are experiencing problems,
you can make your transactions by writing our Operations Center.
DISRUPTIVE TRANSFER ACTIVITY
You should note that the Contract is not designed for professional "market
timing" organizations, or other organizations or individuals engaging in a
market timing strategy. The Contract is not designed to accommodate programmed
transfers, frequent transfers or transfers that are large in relation to the
total assets of the underlying portfolio.
Frequent transfers, including market timing and other program trading or
short-term trading strategies, may be disruptive to the underlying portfolios
in which the subaccounts invest. Disruptive transfer activity may adversely
affect performance and the interests of long-term investors by requiring a
portfolio to maintain larger amounts of cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings
at a disadvantageous time or price. For example, when market timing occurs, a
portfolio may have to sell its holdings to have the cash necessary to redeem
the market timer's investment. This can happen when it is not advantageous to
sell any securities, so the portfolio's performance may be hurt. When large
dollar amounts are involved, market timing can also make it difficult to use
long-term investment strategies because a portfolio cannot predict how much
cash it will have to invest. In addition, disruptive transfers or purchases and
redemptions of portfolio investments may impede efficient portfolio management
and impose increased transaction costs, such as brokerage costs, by requiring
the portfolio manager to effect more frequent purchases and sales of portfolio
securities. Similarly, a portfolio may bear increased administrative costs as a
result of the asset level and investment volatility that accompanies patterns
of excessive or short-term trading. Portfolios that invest a significant
portion of their assets in foreign securities or the securities of small- and
mid-capitalization companies tend to be subject to the risks associated with
market timing and short-term trading strategies to a greater extent than
portfolios that do not. Securities trading in overseas markets present time
zone arbitrage opportunities when events affecting portfolio securities values
occur after the close of the overseas market but prior to the close of the U.S.
markets. Securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies present
arbitrage opportunities because the market for such securities may be less
liquid than the market for securities of larger companies, which could result
in pricing inefficiencies. Please see the prospectuses for the underlying
portfolios for more information on how portfolio shares are priced.
We currently use the procedures described below to discourage disruptive
transfer activity. You should understand, however, that these procedures are
subject to the following limitations: (1) they primarily rely on the policies
and procedures implemented by the underlying portfolios; (2) they do not
eliminate the possibility that disruptive transfer activity, including market
timing, will occur or that portfolio performance will be affected by such
activity; and (3) the design of market timing procedures involves inherently
subjective judgments, which we seek to make in a fair and reasonable manner
consistent with the interests of all policy and contract owners.
We currently require that any transfer request that would result in an
aggregated transfer amount of $250,000 or more in a single day must be
submitted in writing to our customer service office by U.S. mail (first
Detailed information about the Contract 18
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
class). Overnight mail is not permitted for those transfer requests. We monitor
the $250,000 daily threshold on a monthly basis and combine transfer activities
for all Contracts with the same or related owner. We do not permit exceptions
to this policy. We may change this policy, and any new or revised policy will
apply to all Contractholders uniformly.
We offer subaccounts with underlying portfolios that are part of the AXA
Premier VIP Trust and EQ Advisors Trust, as well as subaccounts with underlying
portfolios of outside trusts with which AXA Equitable has entered participation
agreements (the "unaffiliated trusts" and, collectively with AXA Premier VIP
Trust and EQ Advisors Trust, the "trusts"). The trusts have adopted policies
and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. They discourage frequent
purchases and redemptions of portfolio shares and will not make special
arrangements to accommodate such transactions. They aggregate inflows and
outflows for each portfolio on a daily basis. On any day when a portfolio's net
inflows or outflows exceed an established monitoring threshold, the trust
obtains from us contract owner trading activity. The trusts currently consider
transfers into and out of (or vice versa) the same subaccount within a five
business day period as potentially disruptive transfer activity. Each
unaffiliated trust may have its own policies and procedures regarding
disruptive transfer activity. If an unaffiliated trust advises us that there
may be disruptive activity from one of our contract owners, we will work with
the unaffiliated trust to review contract owner trading activity. Each trust
reserves the right to reject a transfer that it believes, in its sole
discretion, is disruptive (or potentially disruptive) to the management of one
of its portfolios. Please see the prospectuses for the trusts for more
information.
When a Contract is identified in connection with potentially disruptive
transfer activity for the first time, a letter is sent to the Contract owner
explaining that there is a policy against disruptive transfer activity and that
if such activity continues certain transfer privileges may be eliminated. If
and when the contract owner is identified a second time as engaged in
potentially disruptive transfer activity under the Contract, we currently
prohibit the use of voice, fax and automated transaction services. We currently
apply such action for the remaining life of each affected contract. We or a
trust may change the definition of potentially disruptive transfer activity,
the monitoring procedures and thresholds, any notification procedures, and the
procedures to restrict this activity. Any new or revised policies and
procedures will apply to all contract owners uniformly. We do not permit
exceptions to our policies restricting disruptive transfer activity.
It is possible that a trust may impose a redemption fee designed to discourage
frequent or disruptive trading by contract owners. As of the date of this
prospectus, the trusts had not implemented such a fee. If a redemption fee is
implemented by a trust, that fee, like any other trust fee, will be borne by
the contract owner.
Contract owners should note that it is not always possible for us and the
underlying trusts to identify and prevent disruptive transfer activity. In
addition, because we do not monitor for all frequent trading at the separate
account level, contract owners may engage in frequent trading which may not be
detected, for example, due to low net inflows or outflows on the particular
day(s). Therefore, no assurance can be given that we or the trusts will
successfully impose restrictions on all potentially disruptive transfers.
Because there is no guarantee that disruptive trading will be stopped, some
contract owners may be treated differently than others, resulting in the risk
that some contract owners may be able to engage in frequent transfer activity
while others will bear the effect of that frequent transfer activity. The
potential effects of frequent transfer activity are discussed above.
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
The Contract will remain in effect until the earlier of:
(1) the date the Contract is surrendered in full,
(2) the date annuity payments start,
(3) the Contract Anniversary on which, after deduction for any annual contract
charge then due, no Fund Value in the subaccounts and the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment remains in the Contract, or
(4) the date the death benefit is payable under the Contract.
19 Detailed information about the Contract
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
5. Description of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERAL
The Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment is an allocation
option available under the Contract. The Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment may not be available in every state jurisdiction.
The guarantees associated with the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment are borne exclusively by the Company. The guarantees
associated with the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment
are legal obligations of the Company. Fund Values allocated to the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment are held in the General Account
of the Company. Amounts allocated to the General Account of the Company are
subject to the liabilities arising from the business the Company conducts. The
Company has sole investment discretion over the investment of the assets of its
General Account. Owners having allocated amounts to a particular Accumulation
Period of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment,
however, will have no claim against any particular assets of the Company.
The Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment provides for a
Specified Interest Rate, which is a guaranteed interest rate that will be
credited as long as any amount allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account
with Market Value Adjustment is not distributed for any reason prior to the
Maturity Date of the particular Accumulation Period chosen by the Owner.
Generally, a 3-year Accumulation Period offers guaranteed interest at a
Specified Interest Rate over three years, a 5-year Accumulation Period offers
guaranteed interest at a Specified Interest Rate over five years, and so on.
Because the Maturity Date is the Monthly Contract Anniversary immediately prior
to the 3, 5, 7 or 10 year anniversary of the start of the Accumulation Period,
the Accumulation Period may be up to 31 days shorter than the 3, 5, 7 or 10
years, respectively.
Although the Specified Interest Rate will continue to be credited as long as
Fund Value remains in an Accumulation Period of the Guaranteed Interest Account
with Market Value Adjustment prior to the Maturity Date of that Accumulation
Period, surrenders or transfers (including transfers to the Loan Account as a
result of a request by the Owner for a Loan) will be subject to a Market Value
Adjustment, as described below. Market Value Adjustments do not apply upon
annuitization under Settlement Option 3 or 3A.
Market Value Adjustments do not apply for partial or full surrenders or
transfers requested within 30 days before the end of the Accumulation Period,
nor to any benefits paid upon the death of the Annuitant. The Market Value
Adjustment does apply to benefits paid upon death of the Owner. Market Value
Adjustments also do not apply to contracts issued in certain states.
GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT WITH MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
The Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment is a part of the
Company's General Account and consists of all the Company's assets other than
assets allocated to segregated investment accounts of the Company, including
MONY America Variable Account A.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT -- An amount added to or deducted from the amount
surrendered or transferred from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment for contracts issued in certain states.
ACCUMULATION PERIOD -- Currently 3, 5, 7 and 10 years. The Period starts on the
Business Day that falls on, or next follows the date the Purchase Payment is
transferred into the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment
and ends on the monthly contract anniversary immediately prior to the last day
of that Period. (THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD IS LIMITED TO ONE YEAR FOR CONTRACTS
ISSUED IN THE STATES OF MARYLAND, NEW JERSEY, OKLAHOMA, OREGON, SOUTH CAROLINA,
TEXAS, WASHINGTON AND THE COMMONWEALTHS OF MASSACHUSETTS AND PENNSYLVANIA.)
CONTRACT YEAR -- Any period of twelve (12) months commencing with the Effective
Date and each Contract Anniversary thereafter.
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY -- An anniversary of the Effective Date of the Contract.
GENERAL ACCOUNT -- The General Account of the Company which consists of all of
the Company's assets other than those assets allocated to the Company's
separate accounts.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALLOCATIONS TO THE GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT WITH MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
There are three sources from which allocations to the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment may be made:
(1) an initial Purchase Payment made under a Contract may be wholly
or partially allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment;
(2) a subsequent or additional Purchase Payment made under a Contract
may be partially or wholly allocated to the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment; and
(3) amounts transferred from Subaccounts available under the Contract
may be wholly or partially allocated to the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment.
There is no minimum amount of any allocation of either Purchase Payments or
transfers of Fund Value to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment. The 1-year Accumulation Period (which is limited to certain states
in which there is no Market Value Adjustment), requires the Guaranteed Interest
Account to have a minimum Fund Value of $2,500 when an allocation to said
account is chosen.
SPECIFIED INTEREST RATES AND THE ACCUMULATION PERIODS
SPECIFIED INTEREST RATES
The Specified Interest Rate, at any given time, is the rate of interest
guaranteed by the Company to be credited to allocations made to the
Description of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment 20
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Accumulation Period for the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment chosen by the Owner, so long as no portion of the allocation is
distributed for any reason prior to the Maturity Date of the Accumulation
Period. Different Specified Interest Rates may be established for the four
different Accumulation Periods which are currently available (3, 5, 7 and 10
years). (The Accumulation Period is limited to one year for contracts issued in
the states of Maryland, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Carolina, Texas and
Washington and the Commonwealths of Massachusetts and Pennsylvania.)
The Company declares Specified Interest Rates for each of the available
Accumulation Periods from time to time. Normally, new Specified Interest Rates
will be declared monthly; however, depending on interest rate fluctuations,
declarations of new Specified Interest Rates may occur more or less frequently.
The Company observes no specific method in the establishment of the Specified
Interest Rates, but generally will attempt to declare Specified Interest Rates
which are related to interest rates associated with fixed-income investments
available at the time and having durations and cash flow attributes compatible
with the Accumulation Periods then available for the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment. In addition, the establishment of
Specified Interest Rates may be influenced by other factors, including
competitive considerations, administrative costs and general economic trends.
The Company has no way of predicting what Specified Interest Rates may be
declared in the future and there is no guarantee that the Specified Interest
Rate for any of the Accumulation Periods will exceed the guaranteed minimum
effective annual interest rate of 3.50%. Owners bear the risk that the
Specified Interest Rate will not exceed the guaranteed minimum rate.
The period of time during which a particular Specified Interest Rate is in
effect for new allocations to the then available Accumulation Periods is
referred to as the Investment Period. All allocations made to an Accumulation
Period during an Investment Period are credited with the Specified Interest
Rate in effect. An Investment Period ends only when a new Specified Interest
Rate relative to the Accumulation Period in question is declared. Subsequent
declarations of new Specified Interest Rates have no effect on allocations made
to Accumulation Periods during prior Investment Periods. All such prior
allocations will be credited with the Specified Interest Rate in effect when
the allocation was made for the duration of the Accumulation Period selected.
Information concerning the Specified Interest Rates in effect for the various
Accumulation Periods can be obtained by contacting an agent of the Company who
is also a registered representative of AXA Advisors, LLC or by calling the
following toll free telephone number: (800) 487-6669.
The Specified Interest Rate is credited on a daily basis to allocations made to
an Accumulation Period elected by the Owner, resulting in an annual effective
yield which is guaranteed by the Company, unless amounts are surrendered,
transferred or paid out on death of Annuitant from that Accumulation Period for
any reason prior to the Maturity Date for that Accumulation Period. The
Specified Interest Rate will be credited for the entire Accumulation Period. If
amounts are surrendered or transferred from the Accumulation Period for any
reason prior to the Maturity Date, a Market Value Adjustment will be applied to
the amount surrendered or transferred.
CREDITING OF INTEREST
The entire initial Purchase Payment always earns interest at a rate not less
than 3.50% per year until the end of the right to return contract period. When
the right to return contract period ends, the entire initial Purchase Payment
plus interest earned is transferred to the selected subaccounts and/or
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment accumulation periods.
Any Net Purchase Payments you as Owner of the Contract allocate to the
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment will be credited with
interest at the rate declared by the Company for the specified period selected.
The Company guarantees that the rate credited will not be less than 3.50%
annually (0.0094%, compounded daily). You bear the risk that we will not
declare an annual interest rate in excess of 3.50% per year. If you allocate
Purchase Payments (or transfer fund value) to the Guaranteed Interest Account
with Market Value Adjustment, you will choose between Accumulation Periods of
3, 5, 7, or 10 years for Contracts issued in most states. The Accumulation
Period is limited to one year for contracts issued in the states of Maryland,
New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Carolina, Texas and Washington and the
Commonwealths of Massachusetts and Pennsylvania. Before the beginning of each
calendar month, the Company will declare interest rates for each period, if
those rates will be higher than the guaranteed rate. Each interest rate
declared by the Company will be applicable for all Net Purchase Payments
received or transfers from MONY America Variable Account A completed within the
period during which it is effective. Amounts you allocate to the Accumulation
Period you select will receive this interest rate for the entire Accumulation
Period. Within 45 days, but not less than 15 days before the Accumulation
Period expires, we will notify you of the new rates we are then declaring. When
the period expires you can (1) elect a new Accumulation Period of 3, 5, 7, or
10 years (except in certain states where the Accumulation Period is limited to
a one year period) or (2) you may elect to transfer the amounts allocated to
the expiring Accumulation Period to MONY America Variable Account A. If you
make no election within 30 days of the end of an Accumulation Period, the
entire amount allocated to the expiring Accumulation Period will automatically
be held for an Accumulation Period of the same length. If that period will
extend beyond the annuity starting date or if that period is no longer offered,
the money will be transferred into the Money Market subaccount.
ACCUMULATION PERIODS
For each Accumulation Period, the Specified Interest Rate in effect at the time
of the allocation to that Accumulation Period is guaranteed. An Accumulation
Period always ends on a Maturity Date, which is the Monthly Contract
Anniversary immediately prior to the 3, 5, 7 or 10 year anniversary of the
start of the Accumulation Period. Therefore, the Specified Interest Rate may be
credited for up to 31 days less than the full 3, 5, 7 or 10 years. (The
Accumulation Period is limited to one year for contracts issued in the states
of Maryland, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Carolina, Texas and Washington
and the Commonwealths of Massachusetts and Pennsylvania.)
For example, if the Effective Date of a Contract is August 10, 2000 and an
allocation is made to a 10 year Accumulation Period on August 15,
21 Description of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
2000 and the funds for a new Purchase Payment are received on that day, the
Accumulation Period will begin on August 15, 2000 and end on August 10, 2010,
during which period the Specified Interest Rate will be credited.
All Accumulation Periods for the 3, 5, 7, and 10 year Accumulation Periods,
respectively, will be determined in a manner consistent with the foregoing
example.
END OF ACCUMULATION PERIODS
At least fifteen days and at most forty-five days prior to the end of an
Accumulation Period, the Company will send notice to the Owner of the impending
Maturity Date. The notice will include the projected Fund Value held in the
Accumulation Period on the Maturity Date and will specify the various options
Owners may exercise with respect to the Accumulation Period:
(1) During the thirty-day period before the Maturity Date, the Owner may wholly
or partially surrender the Fund Value held in that Accumulation Period
without a Market Value Adjustment; however, Surrender Charges under the
Contract, if applicable, will be assessed.
(2) During the thirty-day period before the Maturity Date, the Owner may wholly
or partially transfer the Fund Value held in that Accumulation Period,
without a Market Value Adjustment, to any Subaccount then available under
the Contract or may elect that the Fund Value held in that Accumulation
Period be held for an additional Accumulation Period of the same number of
years or for another Accumulation Period of a different number of years
which may at the time be available. A confirmation of any such transfer or
election will be sent immediately after the transfer or election is
processed.
(3) If the Owner does not make an election within thirty days follow ing the
Maturity Date, the entire Fund Value held in the maturing Accumulation
Period will be transferred to an Accumulation Period of the same number of
years as the Accumulation Period which matured. The start of the new
Accumulation Period is the ending date of the previous Accumulation Period.
However, if that period would extend beyond the Annuity Starting Date of
the Contract or if that period is not then made available by the Company,
the Fund Value held in the maturing Accumulation Period will be
automatically transferred to the Money Market Subaccount at the end of the
Maturity Period. A confirmation will be sent immediately after the
automatic transfer is executed.
During the thirty day period following the Maturity Date, and prior to any of
the transactions set forth in (1), (2), or (3) above, the Specified Value held
in the maturing Accumulation Period will continue to be credited with the
Specified Interest Rate in effect before the Maturity Date.
SURRENDERS, TRANSFERS OR LOANS
When you as Owner request that Contract Fund Value from the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment be transferred to MONY America Variable
Account A, surrendered, loaned to you, or used to pay any charge imposed in
accordance with the Contract, you should tell the Company the source by
interest rate Accumulation Period of amounts you request be transferred,
surrendered, loaned, or used to pay charges. If you do not specify an
Accumulation Period, your transaction will be processed using the Accumulation
Periods in which money was most recently allocated.
THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
GENERAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE MVA
A surrender or transfer (including a transfer to the Loan Account as a result
of a request by the Owner for a Loan) from the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment prior to the Maturity Date of that particular
Accumulation Period, will be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. A Market
Value Adjustment will not apply upon annuitization under Settlement Option 3 or
3A, or upon payment of a death benefit. The Market Value Adjustment is
determined by the multiplication of an MVA Factor by the Specified Value, or
the portion of the Specified Value being surrendered or transferred (including
transfers for the purpose of obtaining a Loan). The Specified Value is the
amount of the allocation of Purchase Payments and transfers of Fund Value to an
Accumulation Period of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment, plus interest accrued at the Specified Interest Rate minus prior
distributions. The Market Value Adjustment may either increase or decrease the
amount of the distribution. It will not apply to requests for transfer or full
or partial surrenders received at our administrative office within 30 days
before the end of the applicable Accumulation Period.
The Market Value Adjustment is intended to approximate, without duplicating,
the experience of the Company when it liquidates assets in order to satisfy
contractual obligations. Such obligations arise when Owners request surrenders
or transfers (including transfers for the purpose of obtaining a Loan). When
liquidating assets, the Company may realize either a gain or a loss.
A market value adjustment can increase or decrease the amounts surrendered or
transferred from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment
depending on current interest rate fluctuations.
If prevailing interest rates are higher at the time of a surrender or transfer
(including transfers for the purpose of obtaining a Loan) than the Specified
Interest Rate in effect at the time the Accumulation Period commences, the
Company will realize a loss when it liquidates assets in order to process a
surrender or transfer (including transfers for the purpose of obtaining a
Loan); therefore, application of the Market Value Adjustment under such
circumstances will decrease the amount of the surrender or transfer (including
transfers for the purpose of obtaining a Loan).
Generally, if prevailing interest rates are lower than the Specified Interest
Rate in effect at the time the Accumulation Period commences, the Company will
realize a gain when it liquidates assets in order to process a surrender or
transfer (including transfers for the purpose of obtaining a Loan); therefore,
application of the MVA under such circumstances will generally increase the
amount of the surrender or transfer (including transfers for the purpose of
obtaining a Loan).
Description of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment 22
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
The Company measures the relationship between prevailing interest rates and the
Specified Interest Rates it declares through the MVA Factor. The MVA Factor is
described more fully below.
THE MVA FACTOR
The formula for determining the MVA Factor is:
((n-t)/12)
[(1+a)/(1+b)] - 1
Where:
a = the Specified Interest Rate for the Accumulation Period from which the
surrender, transfer or loan is to be taken;
b = the Specified Interest Rate declared at the time a surrender or
transfer is requested for an Accumulation Period equal to the time
remaining in the Accumulation Period from which the surrender or
transfer (including transfer to the Loan Account as a result of a
request by the Owner for a Loan) is requested, plus 0.25%;
n = the Accumulation Period from which the surrender or trans fer occurs in
months; and
t = the number of elapsed months (or portion thereof) in the Accumulation
Period from which the surrender or transfer occurs.
If an Accumulation Period equal to the time remaining is not issued by the
Company, the rate will be an interpolation between two available Accumulation
Periods. If two such Accumulation Periods are not available, we will use the
rate for the next available Accumulation Period.
If the Company is no longer declaring rates on new payments, we will use
Treasury yields adjusted for investment risk as the basis for the Market Value
Adjustment.
The MVA Factor shown above also accounts for some of the administrative and
processing expenses incurred when fixed-interest investments are liquidated.
This is represented in the addition of 0.25% in the MVA Factor.
The MVA Factor will be multiplied by that portion of the Specified Value being
surrendered, transferred, or distributed for any other reason. If the result is
greater than zero, a gain will be realized by the Owner; if less than zero, a
loss will be realized. If the MVA Factor is exactly zero, no gain or loss will
be realized by the Owner.
INVESTMENTS
Amounts allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment are transferred to the General Account of the Company. Amounts
allocated to the General Account of the Company are subject to the liabilities
arising from the business the Company conducts. This is unlike amounts
allocated to the Subaccounts of the MONY America Variable Account A, which are
not subject to the liabilities arising from the business the Company conducts.
The Company has sole investment discretion over the investment of the assets of
the General Account. We will invest these amounts primarily in investment-grade
fixed income securities including: securities issued by the U.S. Government or
its agencies or instrumentalities, which issues may or may not be guaranteed by
the U.S. Government; debt securities that have an investment grade, at the time
of purchase, within the four highest grades assigned by Moody's Investor
Services, Inc., Standard & Poor's Corporation, or any other nationally
recognized rating service; mortgage-backed securities collateralized by real
estate mortgage loans or securities collateralized by other assets, that are
insured or guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association, the
Federal National Home Mortgage Association, or the Government National Mortgage
Association, or that have an investment grade at the time of purchase within
the four highest grades described above; commercial and agricultural mortgage
loans; other debt instruments; commercial paper; cash or cash equivalents.
Variable annuity Owners having allocated amounts to a particular Accumulation
Period of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment will not
have a direct or indirect interest in these investments, nor will they have a
claim against any particular assets of the Company. The overall investment
performance of the General Account will not increase or decrease their claim
against the Company.
There is no specific formula for establishing Specified Interest Rates. The
Specified Interest Rates declared by the Company for the various Accumulation
Periods will not necessarily correspond to the performance of any group of
assets of the General Account. We will consider certain factors in determining
these rates, such as regulatory and tax environment, sales commissions,
administrative expenses borne by us, and competitive factors. The Company's
management will make the final determination of these rates. However, the
Specified Interest Rate will never be less than 3.50%.
23 Description of the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
6. Surrenders
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Owner may elect to make a surrender of all or part of the Contract's Fund
Value provided it is:
o on or before the annuity payments start, and
o during the lifetime of the Annuitant.
Any such election shall specify the amount of the surrender. The surrender will
be effective on the date a proper written request is received by the Company at
its Operations Center.
The amount of the surrender may be equal to the Contract's Cash Value, which is
its Fund Value less:
(1) any applicable surrender charge,
(2) any applicable Market Value Adjustment, and
(3) any outstanding debt.
The Surrender may also be for a lesser amount (a "partial surrender").
Requested partial surrenders that would leave a Cash Value of less than $1,000
are treated and processed as a full surrender. In such case, the entire Cash
Value will be paid to the Owner. For a partial surrender, any surrender charge
or any applicable market value adjustment will be in addition to the amount
requested by the Owner.
A surrender will result in the cancellation of units of the particular
subaccounts and the withdrawal of amounts credited to the Guaranteed Interest
Account Accumulation Periods as chosen by the Owner. The aggregate value of the
surrender will be equal to the dollar amount of the surrender plus, if
applicable, any surrender charge and any applicable market value adjustment.
For a partial surrender, the Company will cancel Units of the particular
subaccounts and withdraw amounts from the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment Accumulation Period under the allocation specified by
the Owner. The unit value will be calculated as of the Business Day the
surrender request is received. Allocations may be by either amount or
percentage. Allocations by percentage must be in whole percentages (totaling
100%). At least 10% of the partial surrender must be allocated to any
subaccount or an Accumulation Period in the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment designated by the Owner. The request will not be
accepted if:
o there is insufficient Fund Value in the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment or a subaccount to provide for the requested
allocation against it, or
o the request is incomplete or incorrect.
Any surrender charge will be allocated against the Guaranteed Interest Account
with Market Value Adjustment and each subaccount in the same proportion that
each allocation bears to the total amount of the partial surrender. Contracts
issued in the States of Maryland, New Jersey, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Texas
and Washington and the Commonwealths of Massachusetts and Pennsylvania, to the
extent the Owner allocates investments to the Guaranteed Interest Account, must
maintain a minimum Fund Value in the Guaranteed Interest Account of $2,500.
The amount of any surrender or transfer payable from MONY America Variable
Account A will be paid in accordance with the requirements of state insurance
departments and the 1940 Act. However, the Company may be permitted to postpone
such payment under the 1940 Act. Postponement is currently permissible only for
any period during which:
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or
(2) trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted as determined by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or
(3) an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of securities held by the
Fund is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
determine the value of the net assets of the Fund.
Any surrender involving payment from amounts credited to the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment may be postponed, at the option
of the Company, for up to 6 months from the date the request for a surrender is
received by the Company. Surrenders involving payment from the Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment may in certain circumstances and
in certain states also be subject to a market value adjustment, in addition to
a surrender charge. The Owner may elect to have the amount of a surrender
settled under one of the settlement options of the Contract. (See "Annuity
provisions".)
Contracts offered by this prospectus may be issued in connection with
retirement plans meeting the requirements of certain sections of the Internal
Revenue Code. Owners should refer to the terms of their particular retirement
plan for any limitations or restrictions on cash surrenders.
The tax results of a surrender should be carefully considered. (See "Federal
tax status".)
Please note: if mandated under applicable law, we may be required to reject a
Purchase Payment. In addition, we may also be required to block an Owner's
account and thereby refuse to honor any request for transfers, partial
surrenders, loans, or death benefits until instructions are secured from the
appropriate regulator. We may be required to provide additional information
about your account to government regulators.
Surrenders 24
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
7. Loans
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Qualified Contracts issued under an Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) plan
will have a loan provision (except in the case of contracts issued in Vermont)
under which a loan can be taken using the Contract as collateral for the loan.
All of the following conditions apply in order for the amount to be considered
a loan, rather than a (taxable) partial surrender:
o The term of the loan must be 5 years or less.
o Repayments are required at least quarterly and must be substantially level.
o The loan amount is limited to certain dollar amounts as specified by the IRS.
The Owner (Plan Trustee) must certify that these conditions are satisfied.
In any event, the maximum outstanding loan on a Contract is 50% of the Fund
Value in the subaccounts and/or the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment. Loans are not permitted before the end of the right to return
contract period. In requesting a loan, the Owner must specify the subaccounts
from which Fund Value equal to the amount of the loan requested will be taken.
Loans from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment are not
taken until Fund Value in the subaccounts is exhausted. If Fund Value must be
taken from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment in
order to provide the Owner with the amount of the loan requested, the Owner
must specify the Accumulation Periods from which Fund Values equal to such
amount will be taken. If the Owner fails to specify subaccounts and
Accumulation Periods, the request for a loan will be returned to the Owner.
Values are transferred to a loan account that earns interest at an annual rate
of 3.50%. The annual loan interest rate charged on outstanding loan amounts
will be 6%. If interest is not repaid each year, it will be added to the
principal of the loan.
Loan repayments must be specifically earmarked as loan repayment and will be
allocated to the subaccounts and/or the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market
Value Adjustment using the most recent payment allocation on record. Otherwise,
we will treat the payment as a Net Purchase Payment.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOAN -- Available under a Contract issued under Section 401(k) of the Code;
subject to availability. To be considered a Loan: (1) the term must be no more
than five years, (2) repayments must be at least quarterly and substantially
level, and (3) the amount is limited to dollar amounts specified by the Code,
not to exceed 50% of the Fund Value.
LOAN ACCOUNT -- A part of the General Account where Fund Value is held as
collateral for a loan. An Owner may transfer Fund Value in the Subaccounts,
and/or Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment to the Loan
Account.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25 Loans
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
8. Death benefit
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFIT PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACT
The Company will pay a death benefit to the Beneficiary if:
(1) the Annuitant dies, and
(2) the death occurs before the annuity payments start.
The amount of the death benefit will be the greater of:
(1) the Fund Value less any outstanding debt on the date of the Annuitant's
death;
(2) the Purchase Payments paid, less any partial surrenders and their surrender
charges and market value adjustment and less any outstanding debt; or
(3) an enhanced death benefit.
If there are funds allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Account with market
value adjustment at the time of death, any applicable market value adjustment
will be waived. If the death of the Annuitant occurs on or after the annuity
payments start, no death benefit will be payable except as may be provided
under the settlement option elected.
In general, on the death of an Owner who is not the Annuitant, amounts must be
distributed from the Contract. (See "Provisions required by Section 72(s) of
the Code" later in this prospectus.) We will impose applicable surrender
charges. (See "Charges and deductions" later in this prospectus.)
ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS
Your Contract provides a choice of two enhanced death benefit options when it
is issued. If the Annuitant is age 0-75, the Owner may choose either enhanced
death benefit -- 5 Year or enhanced death benefit -- 1 Year described below. If
the Annuitant does not choose an option when the Contract is issued, the
Annuitant will automatically receive the enhanced death benefit -- 5 Year. If
your Contract was issued on or before August 16, 2000, you may have elected the
enhanced death benefit -- 1 Year during the period from August 16, 2000 to
September 22, 2000. Owners with these Contracts not making the election will
retain the enhanced death benefit -- 5 Year.
ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT -- 5 YEAR
On the 5th Contract anniversary and each subsequent 5th Contract anniversary
prior to the Annuitant's 71st birthday, the enhanced death benefit may be
increased. If the Annuitant is age 65 or over on the date of issue, the
enhanced death benefit will be recalculated once on the 5th Contract
anniversary. Thereafter the enhanced death benefit remains at its last value.
ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT -- 1 YEAR
On the first Contract Anniversary and each subsequent Contract Anniversary
prior to the Annuitant's 80th birthday, the enhanced death benefit may be
increased. After the Annuitant reaches age 80, this enhanced death benefit
provision expires. This option may not be currently available in all states.
AMOUNT OF THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT PAYABLE ON DEATH UNDER ENHANCED DEATH
BENEFIT OPTIONS
The recalculated enhanced death benefit is equal to the greater of:
(1) the Fund Value on the date the enhanced death benefit is to be
recalculated; and
(2) the current enhanced death benefit proportionately reduced by any partial
surrenders including surrender charges and any applicable market value
adjustments assessed since the last recalculation of the enhanced death
benefit.
The enhanced death benefit payable under both enhanced death benefit options is
the enhanced death benefit on the date of death of the Annuitant, reduced
proportionately for each partial surrender (including surrender charges and
market value adjustments, if applicable) since the last recalculation date and
less any outstanding debt.
In no event will the enhanced death benefit payable on death exceed 200% of:
o the total Purchase Payments reduced proportionately for each partial
surrender (including surrender charges and applicable market value
adjustments,), and less
o any outstanding debt.
The proportionate reduction for each partial surrender will be equal to:
(1) the amount of that partial surrender (including any surrender charges and
applicable Market Value Adjustment assessed), divided by
(2) the Fund Value immediately before that partial surrender, multiplied by,
(3) the enhanced death benefit immediately before the surrender.
Once the last value is set for the enhanced death benefit, it will not be
recalculated. The last value is set for the 5 Year option prior to the
Annuitant's 71st birthday or on the first 5th anniversary if the Contract is
purchased on or after the Annuitant's age 65. The last value is set for the 1
Year option on the Contract Anniversary prior to the Annuitant's age 80. After
the Annuitant reaches age 80, this enhanced death benefit provision expires.
All other basic death benefits as described in this prospectus continue to
apply. The largest death benefit under any of these provisions will be paid.
The cost of an enhanced death benefit option is reflected in the mortality and
expense risk charge.
Death benefit 26
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
ELECTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF ELECTION
The Owner may elect to have the death benefit of the Contract applied under one
of four settlement options to effect an annuity for the Beneficiary as payee
after the death of the Annuitant. The election must take place:
(1) during the lifetime of the Annuitant, and
(2) before the annuity payments start.
If no election of a settlement option for the death benefit is in effect on the
date when proceeds become payable, the Beneficiary may elect:
(1) to receive the death benefit in the form of a lump sum payment; or
(2) to have the death benefit applied under one of the settlement options.
(See "Settlement options.") If an election by the payee is not received by the
Company within one month following the date proceeds become payable, the payee
will be considered to have elected a lump sum payment. Either election
described above may be made by filing a written election with the Company in
such form as it may require. Any proper election of a method of settlement of
the death benefit by the Owner will become effective on the date it is signed.
However, any election will be subject to any payment made or action taken by
the Company before receipt of the notice at the Company's Operations Center.
Settlement option availability may be restricted by the terms of any applicable
retirement plan and any applicable legislation for any limitations or
restrictions on the election of a method of settlement and payment of the death
benefit.
PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT
If the death benefit is to be paid in one sum to the Beneficiary, payment will
be made within seven (7) days of the date:
(1) the election becomes effective, or
(2) the election is considered to become effective, and
(3) due proof of death of the Annuitant is received.
The Company may be permitted to postpone such payment from amounts payable from
MONY America Variable Account A under the 1940 Act. If the death benefit is to
be paid in one sum to the Successor Beneficiary, or to the estate of the
deceased Annuitant, payment will be made within seven (7) days of the date due
proof of the death of the Annuitant and the Beneficiary is received by the
Company. Unless another election is made, the death benefit proceeds will be
transferred to an interest bearing checking account. The Beneficiary may make
partial or full withdrawals from such account through a checkbook provided to
the Beneficiary.
27 Death benefit
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
9. Charges and deductions
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following table summarizes the charges and deductions under the Contract
(See "Summary of the Contract -- Fee tables" for more detailed information):
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deductions from Purchase Payments
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tax charge Range for State and local -- 0% -- 3.50%(1).
Federal -- Currently 0% (Company reserves the right to charge in the
future.)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Daily Deductions from MONY America Variable Account A
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortality & expense risk charge Maximum daily rate -- 0.003699%
Maximum Annual rate -- 1.35%
Annual Rate deducted daily from average daily net assets
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deductions from Fund Value
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual contract charge Maximum of $50 ($30 in some states) on 30 days written notice
Current charge is $0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transaction and other charges Maximum of $25
Transfer charge Current charge is $0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Surrender charge See grading schedule and "Charges and deductions -- Charges
against fund value" for details of how it is computed.
Grades from 7% to 0% of Fund Value surrendered based
on a schedule.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loan interest spread 2.50%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Company currently assumes responsibility; current charge to Owner 0%.
The following provides additional details of the charges and deductions under
the Contract.
The amount of the charge may not necessarily correspond to the costs associated
with providing the services or benefits indicated by the designation of the
charge. For example, the surrender charge we collect may not fully cover all of
the sales and distribution expenses we actually incur. We also may realize a
profit on one or more of the charges. We may use such profits for any corporate
purpose, including the payment of sales expenses.
DEDUCTIONS FROM PURCHASE PAYMENTS
Deductions may be made from Purchase Payments for a charge for state and local
premium or similar taxes prior to allocation of any Net Purchase Payment among
the subaccounts. Currently, the Company makes no deduction, but may do so with
respect to future Purchase Payments. If the Company is going to make deductions
for such tax from future Purchase Payments, it will give 30 days notice to each
affected Owner.
CHARGES AGAINST FUND VALUE
DAILY DEDUCTION FROM MONY AMERICA VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE. The Company assumes mortality and expense
risks. A charge for assuming such risks is deducted daily from the net assets
of MONY America Variable Account A. This daily charge from MONY America
Variable Account A is deducted at a current daily rate equivalent to an annual
rate of 1.35% from the value of the net assets of MONY America Variable Account
A. The rate is guaranteed not to exceed a daily rate equivalent to an annual
rate of 1.35% from the value of the net assets of MONY America Variable Account
A. The charge is deducted from MONY America Variable Account A, and therefore
the subaccounts, on each Business Day. The mortality and expense risk charges
will not be deducted from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment. Where the previous day (or days) was not a Business Day, the
deduction currently on the next Business Day will be 0.003699% (guaranteed not
to exceed 0.003699%) multiplied by the number of days since the last Business
Day.
The Company believes that this level of charge is within the range of industry
practice for comparable individual flexible payment variable annuity contracts.
The mortality risk assumed by the Company is that Annuitants may live for a
longer time than projected. If that occurs, an aggregate amount of annuity
benefits greater than that projected will be payable. In making this
projection, the Company has used the mortality rates from the 1983 Table "a"
(discrete functions without projections for future mortality), with 3.50%
interest. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Contracts will exceed the administrative charges provided in
the Contracts.
If the amount of the charge exceeds the amount needed, the excess will be kept
by the Company in its General Account. If the amount of the charge is
inadequate, the Company will pay the difference out of its General Account.
Charges and deductions 28
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
DEDUCTIONS FROM FUND VALUE
ANNUAL CONTRACT CHARGE. The Company has primary responsibility for the
administration of the Contract and MONY America Variable Account A. An annual
contract charge helps to reimburse the Company for administrative expenses
related to the maintenance of the Contract. Ordinary administrative expenses
expected to be incurred include premium collection, recordkeeping, processing
death benefit claims and surrenders, preparing and mailing reports, and
overhead costs. In addition, the Company expects to incur certain additional
administrative expenses in connection with the issuance of the Contract,
including the review of applications and the establishment of Contract records.
The Company intends to administer the Contract itself through an arrangement
whereby it may buy some administrative services from AXA Equitable and such
other sources as may be available.
Currently, there is no annual contract charge. The Company may in the future
impose an annual contract charge. The charge will never, however, exceed $50.
The Owner will receive a written notice 30 days in advance of any change in the
charge. Any applicable charge will be assessed once per year on the Contract
Anniversary, starting on the first Contract Anniversary.
If imposed, the annual contract charge is deducted from the Fund Value on each
Contract Anniversary before the date annuity payments start.
The amount of the charge will be allocated against the Guaranteed Interest
Account with Market Value Adjustment and each subaccount of MONY America
Variable Account A in the same proportion that the Fund Value in those accounts
bears to the Fund Value of the Contract. The Company does not expect to make
any profit from the annual contract charge.
TRANSFER CHARGE. Contract value may be transferred among the subaccounts or to
or from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment and one or
more of the subaccounts (including transfers made by telephone, if permitted by
the Company). The Company reserves the right to impose a transfer charge for
each transfer instructed by the Owner in a Contract Year. The transfer charge
compensates the Company for the costs of effecting the transfer. The transfer
charge will not exceed $25 (except for contracts issued in the states of South
Carolina and Texas where it will not exceed $10). The Company does not expect
to make a profit from the transfer charge. If imposed, the transfer charge will
be deducted from the Contract's Fund Value held in the subaccount(s) or from
the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment from which the
first transfer is made.
SURRENDER CHARGE. A contingent deferred sales charge (called a "surrender
charge") will be imposed when a full or partial surrender is requested or at
the start of annuity benefits if it is during the first eight years of the
Contract.
The surrender charge will never exceed 7% of total Fund Value. The surrender
charge is intended to reimburse the Company for expenses incurred in
distributing the Contract. To the extent such charge is insufficient to cover
all distribution costs, the Company will make up the difference. The Company
will use funds from its General Account, which may contain funds deducted from
MONY America Variable Account A to cover mortality and expense risks borne by
the Company. (See "Charges against fund value -- Mortality and expense risk
charge.")
We impose a surrender charge when a full or partial surrender is made during
the first eight (8) Contract Years, except as provided below.
A surrender charge will not be imposed:
(1) Against Fund Value surrendered after the eighth Contract Year.
(2) To the extent necessary to permit the Owner to obtain an amount equal to
the free partial surrender amount (See "Free partial surrender amount").
(3) If the Contract is surrendered after the third Contract Year and the
surrender proceeds are paid under either Settlement Option 3 or Settlement
Option 3A (See "Settlement options"). The elimination of a Surrender
Charge in this situation does not apply to contracts issued in the State
of Texas.
In no event will the aggregate surrender charge exceed 7% of the Fund Value.
Further, in no event will the surrender charges imposed, when added to any
surrender charges previously paid on the Contract, exceed 9% of aggregate
Purchase Payments made to date for the Contract.
The Owner may specify whether he/she wants the surrender charge to be deducted
from the amount requested for surrender or the Fund Value remaining. If not
specified or if the Fund Value remaining is not sufficient, then the surrender
charge will be deducted from the amount requested for surrender. If it is
specified that the surrender charge will come from the remaining Fund Value and
it is sufficient, then the Company will determine the appropriate amount to be
surrendered in order to pay the surrender charge. Any surrender charge will be
allocated against the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment
and each subaccount of MONY America Variable Account A in the same proportion
that the amount of the partial surrender allocated against those accounts bears
to the total amount of the partial surrender.
If any surrender from the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value
Adjustment occurs prior to the Maturity Date for any particular Accumulation
Period elected by the Owner, the amount surrendered will be subject to a Market
Value Adjustment in addition to Surrender Charges.
No surrender charge will be deducted from Death Benefits except as described in
"Death benefit."
If The MONYMaster variable annuity contract issued by MONY Life Insurance
Company of America has been exchanged for this Contract, a separate effective
date was assigned to this Contract by endorsement for purposes of determining
the amount of any surrender charge. The surrender charge effective date of this
Contract with the endorsement is the effective date of The MONYMaster variable
annuity contract. Your agent can provide further details.
A separate surrender charge effective date does not apply in states where the
endorsement has not been approved. We reserve the right to disallow exchanges
for this Contract at any time.
29 Charges and deductions
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
AMOUNT OF SURRENDER CHARGE. The amount of the surrender charge is equal to a
varying percentage of Fund Value during the first 8 Contract Years. The
percentage is determined by multiplying the surrender charge percentage for the
Contract Year by the amount of Fund Value requested as follows:
- ----------------------------------------------
Surrender Charge Percentage Table
- ----------------------------------------------
Contract Year Surrender Charge (as a
percentage of Fund Value
surrendered)
- ----------------------------------------------
1 7%
- ----------------------------------------------
2 7
- ----------------------------------------------
3 6
- ----------------------------------------------
4 6
- ----------------------------------------------
5 5
- ----------------------------------------------
6 4
- ----------------------------------------------
7 3
- ----------------------------------------------
8 2
- ----------------------------------------------
9 (or more) 0
- ----------------------------------------------
The amount of the surrender charge is in addition to any applicable Market
Value Adjustment that may be made if the surrender is made from Fund Value in
the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment. (See "Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment -- Surrenders" for further
details.)
FREE PARTIAL SURRENDER AMOUNT. The surrender charge may be reduced by using the
free partial surrender amount provided for in the Contract. The surrender
charge will not be deducted in the following circumstances:
(1) For Qualified Contracts, (other than contracts issued for IRA and SEP-IRA),
an amount each Contract Year up to the greater of:
(a) $10,000 (but not more than the Contract's Fund Value), or
(b) 10% of the Contract's Fund Value at the beginning of the Contract Year
(except, if the surrender is requested during the first Contract
Year, then 10% of the Contract's Fund Value at the time the first
surrender is requested).
(2) For Non-Qualified Contracts (and contracts issued for IRA and SEP-IRA), an
amount up to 10% of the Fund Value at the beginning of the Contract Year
(except, if the surrender is requested during the first Contract Year,
then 10% of the Contract's Fund Value at the time the first surrender is
requested) may be received in each Contract Year without a surrender
charge.
Free partial surrenders may only be made to the extent Cash Value in the
subaccounts and/or Guaranteed Interest Account is available. For example, the
Fund Value in MONY America Variable Account A could decrease (due to
unfavorable investment experience) after part of the 10% was withdrawn. In that
case it is possible that there may not be enough Cash Value to provide the
remaining part of the 10% free partial surrender amount.
Contract Fund Value here means the Fund Value in the subaccounts (and the
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment not the Loan Account).
This reduction of surrender charge does not affect any applicable Market Value
Adjustment that may be made if the surrender is made from Fund Value in the
Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment. (See "Guaranteed
Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment -- Surrenders" and the prospectus
for the Guaranteed Interest Account with Market Value Adjustment which
accompanies this prospectus for further details.)
TAXES
Currently, no charge will be made against MONY America Variable Account A for
federal income taxes. However, the Company may make such a charge in the future
if income or gains within MONY America Variable Account A will incur any
federal income tax liability. Charges for other taxes, if any, attributable to
MONY America Variable Account A may also be made. (See "Federal tax status".)
INVESTMENT ADVISORY FEE
Each portfolio in which the MONY America Variable Account A invests incurs
certain fees and charges. To pay for these fees and charges, the portfolio
makes deductions from its assets. Certain portfolios available under the
Contract in turn invest in shares of other portfolios of AXA Premier VIP Trust
and EQ Advisors Trust and/or shares of unaffiliated portfolios (collectively
the "underlying portfolios"). The underlying portfolios each have their own
fees and expenses, including management fees, operating expenses, and
investment related expenses such as brokerage commissions. The portfolio
expenses are described more fully in each Fund prospectus.
We sell the Contracts through registered representatives of broker-dealers.
These registered representatives are also appointed and licensed as insurance
agents of the Company. We pay commissions to the broker-dealers for selling the
Contracts. You do not directly pay these commissions, we do. We intend to
recover commissions, marketing, administrative and other expenses and the cost
of Contract benefits through the fees and charges imposed under the Contracts.
(See "Distribution of the Contracts" for more information.)
Charges and deductions 30
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
10. Annuity provisions
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUITY PAYMENTS
Annuity payments under a Contract will begin on the date that is selected by
the Owner when the Contract is applied for. The date chosen for the start of
annuity payments may be:
(1) no earlier than the 10th Contract Anniversary, and
(2) no later than the Contract Anniversary after the Annuitant's 95th birthday.
The minimum number of years from the Effective Date to the start of annuity
payments is 10. The date when annuity payments start may be:
(1) Advanced to a date that is not earlier than the 10th Contract Anniversary.
(2) Deferred from time to time by the Owner by written notice to the Company.
The date when annuity payments start will be advanced or deferred if:
(1) Notice of the advance or deferral is received by the Company prior to the
current date for the start of annuity payments.
(2) The new start date for annuity payments is a date which is not later than
the Contract Anniversary after the Annuitant's 95th birthday.
A particular retirement plan may contain other restrictions.
When annuity payments begin, unless Settlement Option 3 or 3A is elected, the
Contract's Cash Value, less any tax charge which may be imposed, will be
applied to provide an annuity or any other option previously chosen by the
Owner and permitted by the Company. If Settlement Option 3 or 3A is elected,
the Contract's Fund Value (less any state taxes imposed when annuity payments
begin) will be applied to provide an annuity.
A supplementary contract will be issued when proceeds are applied to a
settlement option. That contract will describe the terms of the settlement. No
payments may be requested under the Contract's surrender provisions after
annuity payments start. No surrender will be permitted except as may be
available under the settlement option elected.
For Contracts issued in connection with retirement plans, reference should be
made to the terms of the particular retirement plan for any limitations or
restrictions on when annuity payments start.
ELECTION AND CHANGE OF SETTLEMENT OPTION
During the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to the start of annuity
payments, the Owner may elect:
o one or more of the settlement options described below, or
o another settlement option as may be agreed to by the Company.
The Owner may also change any election if written notice of the change is
received by the Company at its Operation Center prior to the start of annuity
payments. If no election is in effect when annuity payments start, a lump sum
payment will be considered to have been elected. For contracts issued in the
State of Texas, if no election is in effect when annuity payments start,
Settlement Option 3 with a period certain of 10 years will be considered to
have been elected.
Settlement options may also be elected by the Owner or the Beneficiary as
provided in the "Death benefit" and "Surrenders" sections of this prospectus.
(See "Death benefit" and "Surrenders").
Where applicable, reference should be made to the terms of a particular
retirement plan and any applicable legislation for any limitations or
restrictions on the options that may be elected.
SETTLEMENT OPTIONS
Proceeds settled under the settlement options listed below or otherwise
currently available will not participate in the investment experience of the
MONY America Variable Account A. Unless you select Settlement Option 1, the
settlement option may not be changed once payments begin.
SETTLEMENT OPTION 1 -- INTEREST INCOME: Interest on the proceeds at a rate
(not less than 2.75% per year) set by the Company each year. The Option will
continue until the earlier of the date that the payee dies or the date you
elect another settlement option. Under certain contracts, this option is not
available if the Annuitant is the payee.
SETTLEMENT OPTION 2 -- INCOME FOR SPECIFIED PERIOD: Fixed monthly payments for
a specified period of time, as elected. The payments may, at the Company's
option, be increased by additional interest each year.
SETTLEMENT OPTION 3 -- SINGLE LIFE INCOME: Payments for the life of the payee
and for a period certain. The period certain may be (a) 0 years, 10 years, or
20 years, or (b) the period required for the total income payments to equal the
proceeds (refund period certain). The amount of the income will be determined
by the Company on the date the proceeds become payable.
SETTLEMENT OPTION 3A -- JOINT LIFE INCOME: Payments during the joint lifetime
of the payee and one other person, and during the lifetime of the survivor. The
survivor's monthly income may be equal to either (a) the income payable during
the joint lifetime or (b) two-thirds of that income. If a person for whom this
option is chosen dies before the first monthly payment is made, the survivor
will receive proceeds instead under Settlement Option 3, with 10 years certain.
SETTLEMENT OPTION 4 -- INCOME OF SPECIFIED AMOUNT: Income, of an amount
chosen, for as long as the proceeds and interest last. The amount chosen to be
received as income in each year may not be less than 10 percent of the proceeds
settled. Interest will be credited annually on the amount remaining unpaid at a
rate determined annually by the Company. This rate will not be less than 2.75%
per year.
The Contract contains annuity payment rates for Settlement Options 3 and 3A
described in this Prospectus. The rates show, for each $1,000
31 Annuity provisions
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
applied, the dollar amount of the monthly fixed annuity payment, when this
payment is based on minimum guaranteed interest as described in the Contract.
The annuity payment rates may vary according to the Settlement Option elected
and the age of the payee. The mortality table used in determining the annuity
payment rates for Settlement Options 3 and 3A is the 1983 Table "a" (discrete
functions, without projections for future mortality), with 3.50% interest per
year.
Under Settlement Option 3, if income based on the period certain elected is the
same as the income provided by another available period or periods certain, the
Company will consider the election to have been made of the longest period
certain.
In Qualified Plans, settlement options available to Owners may be restricted by
the terms of the plans.
FREQUENCY OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS
At the time the settlement option is chosen, the payee may request that it be
paid:
o Quarterly:
o Semiannually: or
o Annually
If the payee does not request a particular installment payment schedule, the
payments will be made in monthly installments. However, if the net amount
available to apply under any settlement option is less than $1,000, the Company
has the right to pay such amount in one lump sum. In addition, if the payments
provided for would be less than $25, the Company shall have the right to change
the frequency of the payments to result in payments of at least $25.
ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
The Company may require proof of the age of the Annuitant before making any
life annuity payment under the Contract. If the Annuitant's age has been
misstated, the amount payable will be the amount that would have been provided
under the settlement option at the correct age. Once life income payments
begin, any underpayments will be made up in one sum with the next annuity
payment. Overpayments will be deducted from the future annuity payments until
the total is repaid.
For contracts issued in the State of Washington, any underpayment by the
Company will be paid in a single sum after the correction of the misstatement.
The Contract may be required to be returned upon any settlement. Prior to any
settlement of a death claim, proof of the Annuitant's death must be submitted
to the Company.
Where any benefits under the Contract are contingent upon the recipient's being
alive on a given date, the Company requires proof satisfactory to it that such
condition has been met.
The Contracts described in this prospectus contain annuity payment rates that
distinguish between men and women. On July 6, 1983, the Supreme Court held in
Arizona Governing Committee v. Norris that optional annuity benefits provided
under an employer's deferred compensation plan could not, under Title VII of
the Civil Rights Act of 1964, vary between men and women on the basis of sex.
Because of this decision, the annuity payment rates that apply to Contracts
purchased under an employment-related insurance or benefit program may in some
cases not vary on the basis of the Annuitant's sex. Unisex rates to be provided
by the Company will apply for Qualified Plans.
Employers and employee organizations should consider, in consultation with
legal counsel, the impact of Norris, and Title VII, generally and any
comparable state laws that may apply, on any employment-related plan for which
a Contract may be purchased.
The Contract is incontestable from its date of issue.
GUARANTEED INTEREST ACCOUNT AT ANNUITIZATION
On the Annuity Starting Date, the Contract's Cash Value, including the Cash
Value of all Accumulation Periods of the Guaranteed Interest Account with
Market Value Adjustment, will be applied to provide an annuity or any other
option previously chosen by the Owner and permitted by the Company. No Market
Value Adjustment will apply at annuitization if the owner elects Settlement
Option 3 or 3A. For more information about annuitization and annuity options,
please refer to the Contract.
Annuity provisions 32
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
11. Other provisions
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OWNERSHIP
The Owner has all rights and may receive all benefits under the Contract.
During the lifetime of the Annuitant (and Secondary Annuitant if one has been
named), the Owner is the person so designated in the application, unless:
(1) a change in Owner is requested, or
(2) a Successor Owner becomes the Owner.
The Owner may name a Successor Owner or a new Owner at any time. If the Owner
dies, the Successor Owner, if living, becomes the Owner. Any request for change
must be:
(1) made in writing, and
(2) received at the Company.
The change will become effective as of the date the written request is signed.
A new choice of Owner or Successor Owner will apply to any payment made or
action taken by the Company after the request for the change is received.
Owners should consult a competent tax adviser prior to changing Owners.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUCCESSOR OWNER -- The living person who, at the death of the Owner, becomes
the new Owner.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROVISION REQUIRED BY SECTION 72(S) OF THE CODE
The interest under a Non-Qualified Contract must be distributed within five
years after the Owner's death if:
(1) the Owner dies
(a) before the start of annuity payments, and
(b) while the Annuitant is living; and
(2) that Owner's spouse is not the Successor Owner as of the date of the
Owner's death.
Satisfactory proof of death must be provided to the Company.
The surrender proceeds may be paid over the life of the Successor Owner if:
(1) the Successor Owner is the Beneficiary, and
(2) the Successor Owner chooses that option.
Payments must begin no later than one year after the date of death. If the
Successor Owner is a surviving spouse, then the surviving spouse will be
treated as the new Owner of the Contract. Under such circumstances, it is not
necessary to surrender the Contract.
However, under the terms of the Contract, if the spouse is not the Successor
Owner:
(1) the Contract will be surrendered as of the date of death, and
(2) the proceeds will be paid to the Beneficiary.
This provision shall not extend the term of the Contract beyond the date when
death proceeds become payable.
If the Owner dies on or after annuity payments start, any remaining portion of
the proceeds will be distributed using a method that is at least as quick as
the one used as of the date of the Owner's death.
PROVISION REQUIRED BY SECTION 401(A)(9) OF THE CODE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Congress has enacted a limited suspension of account-based required minimum
distribution withdrawals only for calendar year 2009. The suspension does not
apply to annuity payments. The suspension does not affect the determination of
the required beginning date. Neither lifetime nor post-death required minimum
distributions need to be made during 2009.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The entire interest of a Qualified Plan participant in the Contract generally
will begin to be distributed no later than the required beginning date. For
this purpose "Qualified Plans" include those intended to qualify under Sections
401 and 408 of the Code. Distribution will occur either by or beginning not
later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year the
Qualified Plan Participant attains age 70-1/2. The interest is distributed:
(1) over the life of such Participant, or
(2) the lives of such Participant and designated Beneficiary.
If (i) required minimum distributions have begun, and (ii) the Participant dies
before the Owner's entire interest has been distributed to him/her, the
remaining distributions will be made using a method that is at least as rapid
as that used as of the date of the Participant's death. The Contract generally
will be surrendered as of the Participant's death if:
(1) the Participant dies before the start of such distributions, and
(2) there is no designated Beneficiary.
The surrender proceeds generally must be distributed within 5 years after the
date of death. But, the surrender proceeds may be paid over the life of any
designated Beneficiary at his/her option. In such case, distributions will
begin not later than one year after the December 31 following the Participant's
death. If the designated Beneficiary is the surviving spouse of the
Participant, distributions will begin not earlier than the December 31
following the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2. If
the surviving spouse dies before distributions to him/her begin, the provisions
of this paragraph shall be applied as if the surviving spouse were the
Participant. If the Plan is an IRA under Section 408 of the Code, the surviving
spouse may elect to forgo distribution and treat the IRA as his/her own plan.
Although the lifetime required minimum distribution rules do not apply to Roth
IRAs under Section 408A of the Code, the post-death distribution rules apply.
33 Other provisions
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
It is the Owner's responsibility to assure that distribution rules imposed by
the Code will be met. The Owner should consider the effect of recent revisions
to the distribution rules which could increase the minimum distribution amount
required from annuity contracts funding Qualified Plans where certain
additional benefits are purchased under the Contract, such as enhanced death
benefits. For this purpose additional annuity contract benefits may include,
but are not limited to, guaranteed minimum income benefits and enhanced death
benefits. The Owner may want to consult a tax advisor concerning the potential
application of these complex rules before purchasing this annuity Contract or
purchasing additional features under this annuity Contract.
SECONDARY ANNUITANT
Except where the Contract is issued in connection with a Qualified Plan, a
Secondary Annuitant may be designated by the Owner. Such designation may be
made once before annuity payments begin, either:
(1) in the application for the Contract, or
(2) after the Contract is issued, by written notice to the Company at its
Operations Center.
The Secondary Annuitant may be deleted by written notice to the Company at its
Operations Center. A designation or deletion of a Secondary Annuitant will take
effect as of the date the written election was signed. The Company, however,
must first accept and record the change at its Operations Center. The change
will be subject to:
(1) any payment made by the Company, or
(2) action taken by the Company before the receipt of the notice at the
Company's Operations Center.
You cannot change the Secondary Annuitant, but you can delete the Secondary
Annuitant.
The Secondary Annuitant will be deleted from the Contract automatically by the
Company as of the Contract Anniversary following the Secondary Annuitant's 95th
birthday.
On the death of the Annuitant, the Secondary Annuitant will become the
Annuitant, under the following conditions:
(1) the death of the Annuitant must have occurred before the Annuity starting
date;
(2) the Secondary Annuitant is living on the date of the Annuitant's death;
(3) if the Annuitant was the Owner on the date of death, the Successor Owner
must have been the Annuitant's spouse; and
(4) if the date annuity payments start is later than the Contract Anniversary
nearest the Secondary Annuitant's 95th birthday, the date annuity payments
start will be automatically advanced to that Contract Anniversary.
EFFECT OF SECONDARY ANNUITANT'S BECOMING THE ANNUITANT. If the Secondary
Annuitant becomes the Annuitant, the Death Benefit proceeds will be paid to the
Beneficiary only on the death of the Secondary Annuitant. If the Secondary
Annuitant was the Beneficiary on the Annuitant's death, the Beneficiary will be
automatically changed to the person who was the successor Beneficiary on the
date of death. If there was no successor Beneficiary, then the Secondary
Annuitant's executors or administrators, unless the Owner directed otherwise,
will become the Beneficiary. All other rights and benefits under the Contract
will continue in effect during the lifetime of the Secondary Annuitant as if
the Secondary Annuitant were the Annuitant.
ASSIGNMENT
The Owner may assign the Contract. However, the Company will not be bound by
any assignment until the assignment (or a copy) is received by the Company at
its Administrative Office. The Company is not responsible for determining the
validity or effect of any assignment. The Company shall not be liable for any
payment or other settlement made by the Company before receipt of the
assignment.
If the Contract is issued under certain retirement plans, then it may not be
assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred except under conditions allowed
under applicable law.
Because an assignment may be a taxable event, a Owner should consult a
competent tax adviser before assigning the Contract.
CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY
So long as the Contract is in effect the Owner may change the Beneficiary or
successor Beneficiary. A change is made by submitting a written request to the
Company at its Operations Center. The form of the request must be acceptable to
the Company. The Contract need not be returned unless requested by the Company.
The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed. The Company
will not, however, be liable for any payment made or action taken before
receipt and acknowledgement of the request at its Operations Center.
SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES
The Company may substitute shares of another mutual fund for shares of the
Funds already purchased or to be purchased in the future by Contract Purchase
Payments if:
(1) the shares of any portfolio of the Funds is no longer available for
investment by MONY America Variable Account A, or
(2) in the judgment of the Company's Board of Directors, further investment in
shares of one or more of the portfolios of the Funds is inappropriate
based on the purposes of the Contract.
The new portfolios may have higher fees and charges than the ones they
replaced, and not all portfolios may be available to all classes of contracts.
We will notify you before we substitute securities in any subaccount, and, to
the extent required by law, we will obtain prior approval from the Securities
and Exchange Commission and the Arizona Insurance Department. We also will
obtain any other required approvals (See "Who is MONY Life Insurance Company of
America -- MONY America Variable Account A" for more information about changes
we may make to the subaccounts).
CHANGES TO CONTRACTS
The Company reserves the right, subject to compliance with laws that apply, to
unilaterally change your Contract in order to comply with any applicable laws
and regulations, including but not limited to changes
Other provisions 34
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
in the Internal Revenue Code, in Treasury regulations or in published rulings
of the Internal Revenue Service, ERISA and in Department of Labor regulations.
Any change in the Contract must be in writing and made by our authorized
officer. We will provide notice of any contract change.
CHANGE IN OPERATION OF MONY AMERICA VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
MONY America Variable Account A may be operated as a management company under
the 1940 Act or it may be deregistered under the 1940 Act in the event the
registration is no longer required, or MONY America Variable Account A may be
combined with any of other subaccounts.
Deregistration of MONY America Variable Account A requires an order by the
Securities and Exchange Commission. If there is a change in the operation of
MONY America Variable Account A under this provision, the Company may make
appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the change and take such
other action as may be necessary and appropriate to effect the change.
35 Other provisions
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
12. Voting rights
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All of the assets held in the subaccounts of MONY America Variable Account A
will be invested in shares of the designated portfolios of the Funds. The
Company is the legal holder of these shares.
To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares of each of the
Funds held in MONY America Variable Account A (whether or not attributable to
contract owners).
We will determine the number of votes which you have the right to cast by
applying your percentage interest in a subaccount to the total number of votes
attributable to that subaccount. In determining the number of votes, we will
recognize fractional shares.
We will vote portfolio shares of a class held in a subaccount for which we
received no timely instructions in proportion to the voting instructions which
we received for all contracts participating in that subaccount. We will apply
voting instructions to abstain on any item to be voted on a pro-rata basis to
reduce the number of votes eligible to be cast.
Whenever a Fund calls a shareholder's meeting, each person having a voting
interest in a subaccount will receive proxy voting material, reports, and other
materials relating to the relevant portfolio. Since each Fund may engage in
shared funding, other persons or entities besides the Company may vote Fund
shares.
Voting rights 36
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
13. Distribution of the Contracts
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Contracts are distributed by both AXA Advisors, LLC ("AXA Advisors") and
AXA Distributors, LLC ("AXA Distributors") (together, the "Distributors"). The
Distributors serve as principal underwriters of the securities issued with
respect to MONY America Variable Account A.+ The offering of the Contracts is
intended to be continuous.
AXA Advisors, and AXA Distributors are affiliates of the Company and are
registered with the SEC as broker-dealers and are members of the Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ("FINRA"). The Distributors are under the
common control of AXA Financial, Inc. Their principal business address is 1290
Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10104. Both broker-dealers also act as
distributors for other of the Company's life and annuity products. As of June
6, 2005, registered representatives of MONY Securities Corporation became
registered representatives of AXA Advisors.
The Contracts are sold by financial professionals of AXA Advisors and its
affiliates. The Contracts are also sold by financial professionals of both
affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers that have entered into selling
agreements with the Distributors ("Selling broker-dealers").
The Company pays sales compensation to both Distributors. In general, the
Distributors will pay all or a portion of the sales compensation they receive
from the Company to individual financial professionals or Selling
broker-dealers. Selling broker-dealers will, in turn, pay all or a portion of
the compensation they receive from the Distributors to individual financial
professionals as commissions related to the sale of the Contracts.
Sales compensation paid by the Company to the Distributors will generally not
exceed 6.50% of the total Purchase Payments made under the Contracts, plus,
starting in the second Contract Year, up to 0.25% of the Fund Value of the
Contracts. The Distributors, in turn, may pay their financial professionals
and/or Selling broker-dealers either all or a portion of the sales compensation
that they receive. The sales compensation paid by the Distributors varies among
financial professionals and among Selling broker-dealers.
The Distributors may pay certain affiliated and/or unaffiliated Selling
broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries additional compensation in
recognition of certain expenses that may be incurred by them or on their
behalf. The Distributors may also pay certain broker-dealers or other financial
intermediaries additional compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and
other services (commonly referred to as "marketing allowances"). Services for
which such payments are made may include, but are not limited to, the preferred
placement of the Company and/or its products on a company and/or product list;
sales personnel training; product training; business reporting; technological
support; due diligence and related costs; advertising, marketing and related
services; conferences; and/or other support services, including some that may
benefit the contract owner. Payments may be based on the amount of assets or
Purchase Payments attributable to Contracts sold through a Selling
broker-dealer or such payments may be a fixed amount. The Distributors may also
make fixed payments to Selling broker-dealers in connection with the initiation
of a new relationship or the introduction of a new product. These payments may
serve as an incentive for Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the
Company's products. Additionally, as an incentive for financial professionals
of Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of particular products, the
Distributors may increase the sales compensation paid to the Selling
broker-dealer for a period of time (commonly referred to as "compensation
enhancements"). Marketing allowances and sales incentives are made out of the
Distributors' assets. Not all Selling broker-dealers receive these kinds of
payments. For more information about any such arrangements, ask your financial
professional.
The Distributors receive 12b-1 fees from certain portfolios for providing
certain distribution and/or shareholder support services. The Distributors or
their affiliates may also receive payments from the advisers of the portfolios
or their affiliates to help defray expenses for sales meetings or seminar
sponsorships that may relate to the Contracts and/or the advisers' respective
portfolios. In connection with portfolios offered through unaffiliated
insurance trusts, the Distributors or their affiliates may also receive other
payments from the advisers of the portfolios or their affiliates for providing
distribution, administrative and/or shareholder support services.
In an effort to promote the sale of the Company's products, AXA Advisors may
provide its financial professionals and managerial personnel with a higher
percentage of sales commissions and/or cash compensation for the sale of an
affiliated variable product than it would the sale of an unaffiliated product.
Such practice is known as providing "differential compensation." In addition,
managerial personnel may receive expense reimbursements, marketing allowances
and commission-based payments known as "overrides." Certain components of the
compensation of financial professionals who are managers are based on the sale
of affiliated variable products. Managers earn higher compensation (and credits
toward awards and bonuses) if those they manage sell more affiliated variable
products. AXA Advisors may provide other forms of compensation to its financial
professionals including health and retirement benefits. For tax reasons, AXA
Advisors financial professionals qualify for health and retirement benefits
based solely on their sales of our affiliated products.
These payments and differential compensation (together, the "payments") can
vary in amount based on the applicable product and/or entity or individual
involved. As with any incentive, such payments may cause the financial
professional to show preference in recommending the purchase or sale of the
Company's products. However, under applicable rules of the FINRA, AXA Advisors
may only recommend to you products that they reasonably believe are suitable
for you based on
- ----------------------
+ Prior to June 6, 2005, MONY Securities Corporation served as both the
distributor and principal underwriter of the Contracts.
37 Distribution of the Contracts
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
facts that you have disclosed as to your other security holdings, financial
situation and needs. In making any recommendation, financial professionals of
AXA Advisors may nonetheless face conflicts of interest because of the
differences in compensation from one product category to another, and because
of differences in compensation between products in the same category.
In addition, AXA Advisors may offer sales incentive programs to financial
professionals who meet specified production levels for the sale of both
affiliated and unaffiliated products, which provide non-cash compensation such
as stock options awards and/or stock appreciation rights, expense-paid trips,
expense-paid educational seminars and merchandise.
Although the Company takes all of its costs into account in establishing the
level of fees and expenses in its products, any sales compensation paid by the
Company to the Distributors will not result in any separate charge to you under
your Contract. All payments made will be in compliance with all applicable
FINRA rules and other laws and regulations.
Distribution of the Contracts 38
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
14. Federal tax status
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTRODUCTION
The Contract described in this prospectus is designed for use in connection
with certain types of Qualified Plans and on a nonqualified basis. The ultimate
effect of federal income taxes on
o the value of the Contract's Fund Value,
o annuity payments,
o death benefit, and
o economic benefit to the Owner, Annuitant, and the Beneficiary
may depend upon
o the type of retirement plan for which the Contract is purchased, and
o the tax and employment status of the individual concerned.
The following discussion of the treatment of the Contract and of the Company
under the federal income tax laws is general in nature. The discussion is based
on the Company's understanding of current federal income tax laws, and is not
intended as tax advice. These federal income tax laws may change without
notice. We cannot predict whether, when, or how these rules could change. Any
change could affect contracts purchased before the change. Congress may also
consider proposals in the future to comprehensively reform or overhaul the
United States tax and retirement systems, which if enacted, could affect the
tax benefits of a contract. We cannot predict what, if any legislation will
actually be proposed or enacted. Any person considering the purchase of a
contract should consult a qualified tax adviser. Additional information of the
treatment of the Contract under federal income tax laws is contained in the
Statement of Additional Information. The Company does not make any guarantee
regarding any tax status, federal, state, or local, of any contract or any
transaction involving the Contract.
TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL
The Contract described in this prospectus is designed for use in connection
with Qualified Plans and on a nonqualified basis. All or a portion of the
contributions to such plans will be used to make Purchase Payments under the
Contract. In general, contributions to Qualified Plans and income earned on
contributions to all plans are tax-deferred until distributed to plan
participants or their beneficiaries. Such tax deferral is not, however,
available for Non-Qualified Contracts if the Owner is other than a natural
person unless the Contract is held as an agent for a natural person. Annuity
payments made under a contract are generally taxable to the Annuitant as
ordinary income except to the extent of:
o Participant after-tax contributions (in the case of Qualified Plans), or
o Owner contributions (in the case of Non-Qualified Contracts).
Owners, Annuitants, and Beneficiaries should seek advice from their own tax
advisers about the tax consequences of distributions, withdrawals and payments
under Non-Qualified Contracts and under any Qualified Plan in connection with
which the Contract is purchased. For Qualified Contracts, among other things
individuals should discuss with their tax advisors are the "required minimum
distribution rules" which generally require distributions to be made after age
70-1/2 and after death, including requirements applicable to the calculation of
such required distributions from annuity contracts funding Qualified Plans.
Federal tax law imposes requirements for determining the amount includable in
gross income with respect to distributions not received as an annuity.
Distributions include, but are not limited to, transfers, including gratuitous
transfers, and pledges of the contract are treated the same as distributions.
Distributions from all annuity contracts issued during any calendar year by the
same company (or an affiliate) to the Owner (other than those issued to
qualified retirement plans) in the same year will be treated as distributed
from one annuity contract. The IRS is given power to prescribe additional rules
to prevent avoidance of this rule through serial purchases of contracts or
otherwise. None of these rules affects Qualified Plans.
The Company will withhold and remit to the United States Government and, where
applicable, to state and local governments, part of the taxable portion of each
distribution made under a contract unless the Owner or Annuitant
(1) provides his or her taxpayer identification number to the Company, and
(2) notifies the Company that he or she chooses not to have amounts withheld.
Distributions of plan benefits from qualified retirement plans, other than
traditional individual retirement arrangements ("traditional IRAs"), generally
will be subject to mandatory federal income tax withholding unless they are:
(1) Part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (at least
annually) for
(a) the participant's life or life expectancy,
(b) the joint lives or life expectancies of the participant and his/
her beneficiary,
(c) or a period certain of not less than 10 years;
(2) Required minimum distributions (suspended for calendar year 2009 only); or
(3) Qualifying hardship distributions.
The withholding can be avoided if the participant's interest is directly rolled
over by the old plan to another eligible retirement plan, including an IRA. A
direct rollover transfer to the new plan can be made only in accordance with
the terms of the old plan.
Under the generation skipping transfer tax, the Company may be liable for
payment of this tax under certain circumstances. In the event that
39 Federal tax status
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
the Company determines that such liability exists, an amount necessary to pay
the generation skipping transfer tax may be subtracted from the death benefit
proceeds.
RETIREMENT PLANS
Aside from Contracts purchased on a non-qualified basis the Contract described
in this prospectus currently is designed for use with the following types of
retirement plans:
(1) Pension and Profit Sharing Plans established by business employers and
certain associations, as permitted by Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the
Code, including those purchasers who would have been covered under the
rules governing H.R. 10 (Keogh) Plans;
(2) Individual Retirement Annuities permitted by Section 408(b) of the Code,
including Simplified Employee Pensions established by employers pursuant
to Section 408(k);
(3) Roth IRAs permitted by Section 408A of the Code; and
(4) Deferred compensation plans provided by certain governmental entities and
tax-exempt organizations under Section 457.
The tax rules applicable to participants in such retirement plans vary
according to the type of plan and its terms and conditions. Therefore, no
attempt is made here to provide more than general information about the use of
the Contract with the various types of retirement plans. Participants in such
plans as well as Owners, Annuitants, and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the
rights of any person to any benefits under these plans are subject to the terms
and conditions of the plans themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions
of the Contract. The Company will provide purchasers of Contracts used in
connection with Individual Retirement Annuities with such supplementary
information as may be required by the Internal Revenue Service or other
appropriate agency. Any person contemplating the purchase of a Contract should
consult a qualified tax adviser.
TAX TREATMENT OF THE COMPANY
Under existing federal income tax laws, the income of MONY America Variable
Account A, to the extent that it is applied to increase reserves under the
Contract, is substantially nontaxable to the Company.
Federal tax status 40
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
15. Additional information and incorporation of certain information by reference
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AXA Equitable's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31,
2008 (the "Annual Report") is considered to be part of this prospectus because
it is incorporated by reference.
AXA Equitable files reports and other information with the SEC, as required by
law. You may read and copy this information at the SEC's public reference
facilities at Room 1580, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, or by
accessing the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. The public may obtain information
on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330. Under the Securities Act of 1933, AXA Equitable has filed with
the SEC a registration statement relating to the fixed maturity option (the
"Registration Statement"). This prospectus has been filed as part of the
Registration Statement and does not contain all of the information set forth in
the Registration Statement.
After the date of this prospectus and before we terminate the offering of the
securities under the Registration Statement, all documents or reports we file
with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act"), will
be considered to become part of this prospectus because they are incorporated
by reference.
Any statement contained in a document that is or becomes part of this
prospectus, will be considered changed or replaced for purposes of this
prospectus if a statement contained in this prospectus changes or is replaced.
Any statement that is considered to be a part of this prospectus because of its
incorporation will be considered changed or replaced for the purpose of this
prospectus if a statement contained in any other subsequently filed document
that is considered to be part of this prospectus changes or replaces that
statement. After that, only the statement that is changed or replaced will be
considered to be part of this prospectus.
We file the Registration Statement and our Exchange Act documents and reports,
including our Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q,
electronically according to EDGAR under CIK No. 0000727920. The SEC maintains a
website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The
address of the site is www.sec.gov.
Upon written or oral request, we will provide, free of charge, to each person
to whom this prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all of the documents
considered to be part of this prospectus because they are incorporated herein.
In accordance with SEC rules, we will provide copies of any exhibits
specifically incorporated by reference into the text of the Exchange Act
reports (but not any other exhibits). Requests for documents should be directed
to AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York,
New York 10104. Attention: Corporate Secretary (telephone: (212) 554-1234). You
can access our website at www.axa-equitable.com.
41 Additional information and incorporation of certain information by
reference
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
16. Legal proceedings
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONY Life Insurance Company of America and its affiliates are parties to
various legal proceedings. In our view, none of these proceedings would be
considered material with respect to an Owner's interest in MONY America
Variable Account A, nor would any of these proceedings be likely to have a
material adverse effect upon MONY America Variable Account A, our ability to
meet our obligations under the contracts, or the distribution of the contracts.
Legal proceedings 42
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
17. Financial statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The audited financial statements of MONY America Variable Account A and the
Company are set forth in the Statement of Additional Information.
These financial statements have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an
independent registered public accounting firm. The financial statements of the
Company should be considered only as bearing upon the ability of the Company to
meet its obligations under the Contracts. You should not consider the financial
statements of the Company as affecting investment performance of assets in the
Variable Account. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP also provides independent audit
services and certain other non-audit services to the Company as permitted by
the applicable SEC independence rules, and as disclosed in the Company's Form
10-K. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP's address is 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New
York 10017.
Our general obligations and any guaranteed benefits under the contract are
supported by MONY America's general account and are subject to MONY America's
claims paying ability. For more information about the Company's financial
strength, you may review its financial statements and/or check its current
rating with one or more of the independent sources that rate insurance
companies for their financial strength and stability. Such ratings are subject
to change and have no bearing on the performance of the subaccounts. You may
also speak with your financial representative.
43 Financial statements
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Appendix A -- Condensed financial information
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
MONY AMERICA VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit Value
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. 31, Dec 31, Dec 31, Dec. 31, Dec. 31,
Subaccount 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Asset Allocation $ 7.49 $ 10.90 $ 10.57 $ 9.73 $ 9.37
AXA Aggressive Allocation 6.00 10.01 -- -- --
AXA Conservative Allocation 9.08 10.34 -- -- --
AXA Conservative-Plus Allocation 8.11 10.21 -- -- --
AXA Moderate Allocation 7.60 10.20 -- -- --
AXA Moderate-Plus Allocation 6.82 10.13 -- -- --
Dreyfus Stock Index 6.64 10.69 10.30 9.04 8.75
EQ/BlackRock Basic Value Equity 7.63 12.19 12.21 10.24 --
EQ/Bond Index 13.92 13.37 12.70 12.40 12.45
EQ/Boston Advisors Equity Income 9.92 14.85 14.51 12.68 12.10
EQ/Calvert Socially Responsible 4.69 8.66 7.80 -- --
EQ/Capital Guardian Research 5.78 9.69 -- -- --
EQ/Caywood-Scholl High Yield Bond 11.81 14.79 14.58 13.69 13.51
EQ/GAMCO Mergers and Acquisitions 11.22 13.20 12.93 11.69 11.33
EQ/GAMCO Small Company Value 17.52 25.61 23.75 20.26 19.68
EQ/Government Securities 13.09 12.83 12.19 11.92 11.93
EQ/International Growth 8.57 14.55 12.69 10.24 9.18
EQ/JPMorgan Core Bond 12.00 13.32 13.06 -- --
EQ/Long Term Bond 15.20 14.63 13.78 13.68 13.46
EQ/Lord Abbett Growth and Income 8.90 14.19 13.86 -- --
EQ/Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value 9.12 15.11 15.19 -- --
EQ/Marsico Focus 7.57 12.85 11.42 10.58 --
EQ/Mid Cap Index 8.41 16.77 -- -- --
EQ/Money Market 10.88 10.77 10.40 10.07 --
EQ/Montag & Caldwell Growth 7.97 12.04 10.10 9.49 9.12
EQ/PIMCO Real Return 11.60 12.26 11.14 11.25 11.31
EQ/Short Duration Bond 10.36 10.71 10.31 10.05 10.05
EQ/T. Rowe Price Growth Stock 5.88 10.32 9.75 10.30 10.04
EQ/UBS Growth and Income 7.71 13.04 13.06 11.60 10.79
EQ/Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth 9.49 18.21 -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Real Estate 12.77 21.12 -- -- --
Fidelity VIP Contrafund(R) 9.38 16.57 14.29 12.98 11.26
Franklin Income Securities 11.21 16.15 15.78 13.53 13.49
Franklin Rising Dividends Securities 10.71 14.89 15.51 13.42 13.15
Franklin Zero Coupon 2010 11.39 10.76 10.06 9.96 9.97
Janus Aspen Balanced 11.69 14.08 12.91 11.82 11.10
Janus Aspen Forty 8.29 15.05 11.14 10.32 9.27
Janus Aspen Mid Cap Growth 6.09 10.97 9.11 8.13 7.33
Janus Aspen Worldwide Growth 5.91 10.83 10.02 8.59 8.22
Multimanager Small Cap Growth 10.85 18.99 18.57 17.07 16.08
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA 12.93 21.96 20.98 18.12 16.10
PIMCO Global Bond (Unhedged) 14.26 14.57 13.46 13.04 14.15
ProFund VP Bear 8.71 6.31 6.36 6.97 7.16
ProFund VP Rising Rates Opportunity 4.84 7.92 8.46 7.79 8.57
ProFund VP UltraBull 6.35 19.74 19.84 16.34 16.14
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit Value
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. 31, Dec. 31, Dec. 31, Dec. 31, Dec. 31,
Subaccount 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Asset Allocation $ 8.75 $ 7.34 $ 9.44 $ 10.42 $ 10.75
AXA Aggressive Allocation -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative Allocation -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative-Plus Allocation -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate Allocation -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate-Plus Allocation -- -- -- -- --
Dreyfus Stock Index 8.01 6.33 8.26 8.68 10.66
EQ/BlackRock Basic Value Equity -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Bond Index 12.42 12.19 11.30 10.63 9.90
EQ/Boston Advisors Equity Income 10.41 8.33 9.90 10.77 10.70
EQ/Calvert Socially Responsible -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Capital Guardian Research -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Caywood-Scholl High Yield Bond 12.48 10.32 10.30 9.81 10.25
EQ/GAMCO Mergers and Acquisitions 10.90 -- -- -- --
EQ/GAMCO Small Company Value 16.50 12.17 13.59 9.98 12.94
EQ/Government Securities 11.93 11.89 11.30 10.71 9.92
EQ/International Growth 8.84 6.85 8.61 9.31 14.82
EQ/JPMorgan Core Bond -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Long Term Bond 12.64 12.22 10.86 10.86 9.07
EQ/Lord Abbett Growth and Income -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Marsico Focus -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Mid Cap Index -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Money Market -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Montag & Caldwell Growth 8.88 7.69 10.15 9.30 12.94
EQ/PIMCO Real Return 10.94 10.50 -- -- --
EQ/Short Duration Bond 10.02 -- -- -- --
EQ/T. Rowe Price Growth Stock 8.96 5.94 8.53 9.28 11.39
EQ/UBS Growth and Income 9.66 7.67 10.50 9.73 12.13
EQ/Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Real Estate -- -- -- -- --
Fidelity VIP Contrafund(R) 9.90 7.81 8.74 8.83 10.99
Franklin Income Securities 12.01 -- -- -- --
Franklin Rising Dividends Securities 12.01 -- -- -- --
Franklin Zero Coupon 2010 9.67 -- -- -- --
Janus Aspen Balanced 10.37 9.21 9.98 10.01 11.00
Janus Aspen Forty 7.95 6.68 8.03 8.32 12.89
Janus Aspen Mid Cap Growth 6.16 4.62 6.50 7.33 16.22
Janus Aspen Worldwide Growth 7.95 6.50 8.85 7.51 13.91
Multimanager Small Cap Growth 14.49 11.93 15.92 8.96 16.69
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA 13.73 -- -- -- --
PIMCO Global Bond (Unhedged) 12.97 11.49 -- -- --
ProFund VP Bear 8.09 -- -- -- --
ProFund VP Rising Rates Opportunity 9.75 -- -- -- --
ProFund VP UltraBull 13.96 -- -- -- --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix A -- Condensed financial information A-1
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units Outstanding
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. 31, Dec. 31, Dec. 31, Dec. 31,
Subaccount 2008 2007 2006 2005
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Asset Allocation 3,976,044 5,513,287 7,300,951 9,232,209
AXA Aggressive Allocation 57,982 23,678 -- --
AXA Conservative Allocation 171,180 25,364 -- --
AXA Conservative-Plus Allocation 191,867 84,997 -- --
AXA Moderate Allocation 592,487 235,127 -- --
AXA Moderate-Plus Allocation 202,158 44,505 -- --
Dreyfus Stock Index 3,003,891 4,131,405 5,268,532 6,734,123
EQ/BlackRock Basic Value Equity 378,596 588,447 162,707 138,603
EQ/Bond Index 766,283 1,042,046 1,426,967 1,817,673
EQ/Boston Advisors Equity Income 1,228,517 1,872,979 2,493,147 3,121,754
EQ/Calvert Socially Responsible 305,886 392,763 491,154 --
EQ/Capital Guardian Research 464,204 704,758 -- --
EQ/Caywood-Scholl High Yield Bond 1,169,863 1,700,578 2,250,501 2,807,118
EQ/GAMCO Mergers and Acquisitions 228,727 307,858 355,264 281,983
EQ/GAMCO Small Company Value 2,470,253 3,497,734 4,619,713 6,024,921
EQ/Government Securities 1,270,067 1,650,825 2,245,887 3,064,357
EQ/International Growth 951,223 1,314,677 1,619,060 1,680,543
EQ/JPMorgan Core Bond 770,250 1,462,548 1,907,446 --
EQ/Long Term Bond 943,939 1,271,200 1,685,374 2,161,426
EQ/Lord Abbett Growth and Income 673,983 1,137,673 1,582,779 --
EQ/Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value 670,527 1,117,888 1,581,256 --
EQ/Marsico Focus 1,340,581 2,049,590 2,697,953 3,382,866
EQ/Mid Cap Index 126,854 166,194 -- --
EQ/Money Market 2,886,956 3,268,106 3,783,141 4,407,396
EQ/Montag & Caldwell Growth 6,247,168 8,542,516 12,014,014 16,339,010
EQ/PIMCO Real Return 453,559 444,115 607,070 800,622
EQ/Short Duration Bond 93,299 167,715 228,924 262,948
EQ/T. Rowe Price Growth Stock 2,322,411 3,097,303 4,266,241 5,964,804
EQ/UBS Growth and Income 2,986,644 4,058,934 5,288,888 6,768,008
EQ/Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth 373,739 616,094 -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Real Estate 383,076 602,850 -- --
Fidelity VIP Contrafund(R) 2,979,630 4,309,960 4,132,884 4,769,384
Franklin Income Securities 711,395 1,026,999 1,032,610 924,609
Franklin Rising Dividends Securities 246,117 358,103 418,715 347,075
Franklin Zero Coupon 2010 163,150 177,221 162,850 89,888
Janus Aspen Balanced 1,954,684 2,761,884 3,539,301 4,375,862
Janus Aspen Forty 1,547,604 1,997,448 2,485,058 3,187,808
Janus Aspen Mid Cap Growth 1,722,276 2,242,169 2,826,266 3,502,925
Janus Aspen Worldwide Growth 1,795,688 2,357,570 2,964,196 3,890,586
Multimanager Small Cap Growth 997,235 1,431,540 2,003,547 2,557,971
Oppenheimer Global Securities
Fund/VA 528,621 879,138 1,058,049 995,554
PIMCO Global Bond (Unhedged) 311,052 444,312 568,823 672,896
ProFund VP Bear 117,167 38,052 37,753 32,469
ProFund VP Rising Rates Opportunity 54,450 96,834 195,027 263,771
ProFund VP UltraBull 67,276 74,392 93,443 123,690
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Units Outstanding
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. 31, Dec. 31, Dec. 31, Dec. 31, Dec. 31, Dec. 31,
Subaccount 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Asset Allocation 11,109,364 13,202,566 15,109,160 18,385,691 1,901,068 11,932,847
AXA Aggressive Allocation -- -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative Allocation -- -- -- -- -- --
AXA Conservative-Plus Allocation -- -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate Allocation -- -- -- -- -- --
AXA Moderate-Plus Allocation -- -- -- -- -- --
Dreyfus Stock Index 8,132,629 9,138,583 9,933,628 10,780,679 1,815,979 4,223,029
EQ/BlackRock Basic Value Equity -- -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Bond Index 2,268,647 2,888,171 3,839,904 3,105,420 200,073 913,085
EQ/Boston Advisors Equity Income 3,207,756 2,990,192 3,454,574 3,446,564 232,503 2,472,972
EQ/Calvert Socially Responsible -- -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Capital Guardian Research -- -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Caywood-Scholl High Yield Bond 3,307,890 3,877,955 3,895,307 3,955,659 195,361 1,520,029
EQ/GAMCO Mergers and Acquisitions 226,652 191,335 -- -- -- --
EQ/GAMCO Small Company Value 7,075,206 7,841,899 8,512,905 8,277,605 657,017 3,513,450
EQ/Government Securities 3,800,321 4,707,320 6,205,249 4,360,797 301,304 1,488,308
EQ/International Growth 1,911,713 2,103,075 2,031,440 2,239,322 370,601 1,074,763
EQ/JPMorgan Core Bond -- -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Long Term Bond 2,671,355 3,301,483 4,384,800 4,192,071 317,823 1,406,502
EQ/Lord Abbett Growth and Income -- -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Lord Abbett Mid Cap Value -- -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Marsico Focus -- -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Mid Cap Index -- -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Money Market -- -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Montag & Caldwell Growth 16,012,029 18,983,764 19,728,594 22,923,973 2,143,387 16,952,783
EQ/PIMCO Real Return 925,861 915,521 593,890 -- -- --
EQ/Short Duration Bond 321,143 208,924 -- -- -- --
EQ/T. Rowe Price Growth Stock 7,351,694 8,435,080 8,681,637 10,502,862 2,379,095 2,348,518
EQ/UBS Growth and Income 8,081,277 9,561,842 11,273,375 13,764,821 1,399,799 7,122,762
EQ/Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth -- -- -- -- -- --
EQ/Van Kampen Real Estate -- -- -- -- -- --
Fidelity VIP Contrafund(R) 5,109,618 5,524,076 5,965,404 6,410,695 890,303 2,355,687
Franklin Income Securities 587,543 241,886 -- -- -- --
Franklin Rising Dividends Securities 333,759 216,239 -- -- -- --
Franklin Zero Coupon 2010 74,658 49,680 -- -- -- --
Janus Aspen Balanced 5,057,432 5,892,043 6,980,943 7,262,031 1,129,356 1,933,982
Janus Aspen Forty 3,832,050 4,588,875 5,496,952 6,781,107 724,626 2,955,486
Janus Aspen Mid Cap Growth 4,107,171 4,901,662 5,654,695 7,138,296 1,548,721 2,153,830
Janus Aspen Worldwide Growth 4,838,805 5,937,772 7,157,869 8,403,354 1,979,529 1,775,017
Multimanager Small Cap Growth 3,066,363 3,596,274 3,994,202 4,211,857 896,084 1,281,793
Oppenheimer Global Securities
Fund/VA 764,151 262,808 -- -- -- --
PIMCO Global Bond (Unhedged) 649,315 539,620 410,504 -- -- --
ProFund VP Bear 28,387 11,301 -- -- -- --
ProFund VP Rising Rates Opportunity 345,652 205,410 -- -- -- --
ProFund VP UltraBull 157,450 125,726 -- -- -- --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-2 Appendix A -- Condensed financial information
To receive this document electronically, sign up for e-delivery today at
www.axa-equitable.com/green
Statement of additional information
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MAY 1, 2009
Page
----
Additional information about the Company.................................. 2
About our independent registered public accounting firm................... 2
Sale of the contracts..................................................... 2
Federal tax status........................................................ 2
Financial statements...................................................... 4
If you would like to receive a copy of the MONY America Variable Account A
Statement of Additional Information, please return this request to:
MONY Life Insurance Company of America
Policyholder Services
100 Madison Street
Syracuse, New York 13202
1-800-487-6669
www.axaonline.com
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Please send me a copy of the MONY America Variable Account A Statement of
Additional Information.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City State Zip
x02480
MLA-CM